DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR VARIOUS PLANNING AND SPECIAL AREAS OF

NADAUN PLANNING AREA DRAFT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

•• ::::: :: :: Department of Town & Country Planning Governmentof Himachal Pradesh June,2017

DRAFT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

NADAUN PLANNING AREA

HAMIRPUR DISTRICT, H.P.

Quality Control Draft Development Plan For Nadaun Planning Area

Submitted To Town and Country Planning Department Government of Himachal Pradesh

Document No. : 1432 / HPDP-NPA / D3 / R2 Date : June, 2017 Document Prepared by : Ankit Nath Saxena, Sanorita Trikey, Md. Fahad Shahab, Sourav Das, Sayan Sarkar. Sudheer Sutar and Indrani Mukherjee Document Reviewed by : Mona Srivastava Document Approved by : Subha Brata Roy No. of Revision : 2 No. of Copies Circulated : 3

Nadaun Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Table of Contents ...... i List of Tables ...... vi i List of Figures ...... ix List of Abbreviations ...... xi

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... xiii

1 The Context ...... 1 Background ...... 1 The Context ...... 1 Objective ...... 1 Methodology ...... 2 Surveys ...... 2 1.5.1 Household Survey ...... 2 1.5.2 Land Use Survey ...... 2 1.5.3 Traffic Survey ...... 2

2 Town Over Time ...... 5 Nomenclature ...... 5 Location and Regional Setting ...... 5 Historical Setting...... 5 2.3.1 Pre-Independence ...... 5 2.3.2 Post-Independence ...... 7 Nagar Panchayat ...... 7

3 Planning Area ...... 9 Introduction ...... 9 Extent of Planning...... 10 Administrative Set-up ...... 10

4 Regional Scenario ...... 13 Introduction ...... 13 Regional Linkages and Connectivity ...... 13 4.2.1 By Air ...... 14 4.2.2 By Rail ...... 14 4.2.3 By Road ...... 14 Regional Resources ...... 14 4.3.1 Mineral Resources ...... 14 4.3.2 Forest Resources ...... 14 4.3.3 Hydro-power ...... 14

5 Physical and Environmental Considerations ...... 15 Physiography ...... 15 Climate ...... 15 Flora and Fauna ...... 15 Geology and Soil Character ...... 16

6 Demography and Urbanization ...... 19 Introduction ...... 19 Population ...... 19 6.2.1 Population Growth...... 19 6.2.2 Population Distribution ...... 20 6.2.3 Sex Ratio ...... 21 6.2.4 Age-Sex Composition ...... 21

Page | i Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

6.2.5 Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe Population...... 21 6.2.6 Literacy Rate ...... 21 6.2.7 Population Density ...... 22 Population Forecast ...... 22 6.3.1 Population Projection ...... 22 Settlement Pattern ...... 23 6.4.1 Existing Settlement Pattern ...... 23 6.4.2 Proposed Settlement Hierarchy and Facilities for 2036 ...... 25 Zone Delineation ...... 26

7 Economic Base and Employment ...... 29 Economic Base ...... 29 7.1.1 Workforce Participation Rate ...... 29 Occupational Pattern ...... 29 7.2.1 Main and Marginal Workers ...... 29 7.2.2 Gender Wise Distribution ...... 29 7.2.3 Sector distribution ...... 29 7.2.4 Sector wise analysis ...... 30 7.2.5 Occupational Structure ...... 32 7.2.6 Local market and convenience ...... 33 7.2.7 Income Structure ...... 33 Employment Generation ...... 33 Proposed Work Areas ...... 34 7.4.1 Light & Service Industries ...... 34 7.4.2 Educational Hub/Knowledge Park ...... 34 7.4.3 Government Functions ...... 35 7.4.4 Mandi/ Wholesale complex ...... 35 7.4.5 Retail ...... 35

8 Housing ...... 37 Introduction ...... 37 Household Size ...... 38 Housing Typology ...... 38 Condition of housing ...... 38 Age of Structure ...... 38 Structure use ...... 38 Type of structures ...... 38 Building material used for construction ...... 39 Housing Size & Dwelling Rooms ...... 39 No. of Stories ...... 39 Ownership Status ...... 39 Housing Infrastructure ...... 40 8.12.1 Education ...... 40 8.12.2 Health...... 40 8.12.3 Commercial ...... 40 8.12.4 Safety and Security ...... 40 8.12.5 Parks and Playgrounds ...... 40 8.12.6 Other Facilities ...... 40 Informal Housing ...... 40 Issues and Concerns ...... 41 Housing Need ...... 41 Housing Strategy...... 41 Housing Policy...... 42 8.17.1 State Government Schemes ...... 42 8.17.2 Private sector participation ...... 43 8.17.3 Housing of Different Income Categaories ...... 44 8.17.4 Housing provision by different agencies ...... 44

Nadaun Table of Contents

9 Traffic and Transportation ...... 45 Road Network ...... 45 Road Inventory ...... 45 Road Condition ...... 46 Vehicle Growth ...... 47 Existing Traffic Scenario ...... 48 9.5.1 Traffic Survey Methodology ...... 48 9.5.2 Regional Traffic Scenario ...... 49 9.5.3 Traffic Volume Count ...... 52 Parking Facility ...... 57 Pedestrian Pathways ...... 58 Trips generated at Household Level ...... 58 Public Transport and Routes ...... 58 9.9.1 Satisfaction Level ...... 60 Issues and Concerns ...... 60 Future Urban Structure and its Impact on Trip Characteristics ...... 61 Proposals and Recommendations ...... 61 Augmentation of the Existing Urban Road Network ...... 61 Improvement and Upgradation of the Existing Road Network ...... 62 Safety Issues ...... 62 9.15.1 Road Signs ...... 63 Upgradation of Pedestrian Facilities ...... 63 Parking Management ...... 64 Management of Parking Supply and Demand ...... 64 Restructuring of Transport Management Mechanism ...... 64

10 Heritage and Tourism ...... 67 Social-Cultural Heritage ...... 67 Tourism Prospect ...... 67 10.2.1 Regional Level ...... 67 10.2.2 Planning Area Level ...... 67 10.2.3 Places of Heritage Value ...... 68 10.2.4 Places of Attraction ...... 70 Tourism Infrastructure ...... 70 10.3.1 Hotels ...... 71 10.3.2 Connectivity and Traffic Situations ...... 71 Issues and Concerns / Imperatives ...... 71 Conservation of Heritage Structures ...... 71 Tourism ...... 72 10.6.1 Tourist Forecast ...... 72 10.6.2 Tourists Accommodation ...... 72 10.6.3 Tourism Strategies ...... 72 10.6.4 Infrastructure ...... 73 10.6.5 Sustainable Tourism ...... 74

11 Facilities and Services ...... 75 Introduction ...... 75 Educational Facilities ...... 75 11.2.1 Primary Education ...... 75 11.2.2 Higher Education ...... 75 11.2.3 Vocational Education ...... 76 11.2.4 Proposal ...... 76 Medical Facilities ...... 77 Public Facilities ...... 78 11.4.1 Postal Services ...... 78 11.4.2 Telecommunication Services ...... 79 Police Services ...... 79

Page | iii Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Safety ...... 79 11.6.1 Fire Services ...... 79 11.6.2 Disaster Management Centre ...... 80 Socio-Culture Facilities ...... 80 Distributive Facilities ...... 80 Other Facilities ...... 81 11.9.1 Institutional and Religious facilities ...... 81 11.9.2 Cremation/ Burial Ground and Cemetery ...... 81 Sports and Recreation ...... 81 Cluster Level Recreational Spaces ...... 81 Neighborhood Level Recreational Spaces ...... 82 City Level Recreational Spaces ...... 82 Sports Facilities ...... 83 Green Belt ...... 83

12 Basic Infrastructure ...... 85 Water Supply ...... 85 12.1.1 General ...... 85 12.1.2 Project Users ...... 85 12.1.3 Demand Estimation ...... 85 12.1.4 Water Sources and Treatment: ...... 86 12.1.5 Water Storage and Distribution ...... 87 12.1.6 Fire stations and other fire-fighting facilities ...... 87 12.1.7 Operation and Maintenance System ...... 87 12.1.8 Potable Water Development Strategies ...... 87 Sewerage System ...... 88 12.2.1 Proposal for Development ...... 88 Storm Water Drainage Network ...... 89 12.3.1 Storm Water Drainage Proposal ...... 89 12.3.2 Flood Management ...... 91 12.3.3 Rainwater Harvesting...... 91 12.3.4 Recommendation ...... 92 Solid Waste Management ...... 93 12.4.1 Proposals for Solid Waste Processing and Disposal ...... 93 Electrical Network ...... 94 12.5.1 Existing Situation...... 94 12.5.2 Electricity Demand Forecasting ...... 94 12.5.3 Key Assumptions in Demand Forecasting Study: ...... 94 12.5.4 Expansion Proposal: ...... 97 12.5.5 Planning Criteria ...... 97 12.5.6 Design Standards & Codes ...... 97 12.5.7 System Parameters: ...... 98 12.5.8 Design Assumption ...... 98 12.5.9 External Illumination System ...... 98 Telecommunication System ...... 99

13 Environment ...... 101 Introduction ...... 101 Climate and Soil ...... 101 Forest Cover ...... 101 Conservation of forest cover ...... 102 Air Quality ...... 102 Water bodies ...... 103 13.6.1 Surface Water ...... 103 13.6.2 Conservation of Water-bodies ...... 103 13.6.3 Ground water ...... 103 13.6.4 Rain Water Harvesting ...... 103

Nadaun Table of Contents

Disaster prone areas ...... 105 13.7.1 Hamirpur District ...... 105 13.7.2 Nadaun Planning Area ...... 106 Measures for Disaster Management ...... 108 Disaster Management Strategy ...... 109 13.9.1 Pre-Disaster Preparedness ...... 109 13.9.2 Post Disaster Management ...... 109 Forest Fire Measures: ...... 109

14 Stakeholder Consultation ...... 111 Introduction ...... 111 Stakeholder Profile ...... 111 14.2.1 City Level Steering Group...... 112 Consultation Programme...... 112 14.3.1 Major Issues highlighted by Stakeholders ...... 112 14.3.2 Proceedings of City Level Consultation Meeting ...... 113

15 SWOT Analysis ...... 115

16 Vision & Concept ...... 117 Vision ...... 117 Growth Drivers ...... 117 Development Limitations ...... 117 Concept...... 119

17 Development Proposals ...... 121 Planning Perspective: ...... 121 Projections ...... 121 Development Pattern...... 121 Strategies ...... 121 Proposals and Recommendations ...... 123 17.5.1 Housing...... 123 17.5.2 Trade & Commerce...... 124 17.5.3 Mixed Use ...... 124 17.5.4 Industry ...... 124 17.5.5 Transportation ...... 125 17.5.6 Tourism ...... 125 17.5.7 Public and Semi Public ...... 126 17.5.8 Parks and Open Spaces Use ...... 127 17.5.9 Forest Areas...... 127 17.5.10 Water Bodies Use ...... 127

18 Land use ...... 129 Introduction ...... 129 Existing Land Use Plan ...... 129 18.2.1 Residential Use ...... 129 18.2.2 Commercial Use ...... 129 18.2.3 Public and Semi-Public Use ...... 131 18.2.4 Parks and Open Spaces ...... 131 18.2.5 Traffic and Transportation Use ...... 131 18.2.6 Agriculture use ...... 132 18.2.7 Forest use...... 132 18.2.8 Water Bodies Use ...... 132 Principles of Land Use Proposal ...... 132 Land Allocation Mechanism ...... 132 Proposed Landuse Classification ...... 133 Proposed Land Use Plan ...... 133

Page | v Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

18.6.1 Residential Use ...... 133 18.6.2 Commercial Use: ...... 133 18.6.3 Mixed Land Use...... 134 18.6.4 Industry Use ...... 134 18.6.5 Public and Semi-Public Use ...... 134 18.6.6 Parks and Open Spaces Use ...... 134 18.6.7 Traffic and Transportation Use: ...... 134 18.6.8 Undevelopable Use ...... 134 Landuse Permissibility ...... 137

19 Land Assembly ...... 142 Introduction ...... 142 Land Pooling ...... 142 Land Pooling Practice across the World ...... 144 19.3.1 Delhi ...... 144 19.3.2 Andhra Pradesh ...... 144 19.3.3 Gujarat & Maharashtra ...... 144 19.3.4 Kathmandu, Nepal ...... 144 Case Study: Lungtenphu, Bhutan ...... 146

20 Plan Implementation ...... 148 Introduction ...... 148 Phasing ...... 148 Costing ...... 149 Financing ...... 152 Implementation ...... 152

21 General Development Regulation, Building Bye-Laws and Procedure of Plan Sanction...... 154 Objective of the Regulation ...... 154 Jurisdiction of Regulations ...... 154 Applicability of Regulations ...... 154 New Development and re-development ...... 155 Existing approved building ...... 155 Development Permission ...... 155 Building Permission ...... 155 Pre-Code building permission ...... 155 Procedure for obtaining Permission ...... 155 21.9.1 Application ...... 155 21.9.2 Documents Required ...... 156 21.9.3 Administrative Documents: ...... 156 21.9.4 Technical Documents: ...... 156 General Regulations ...... 156 21.10.1 Residential Buildings ...... 158 21.10.2 Non-Residential Buildings ...... 159 21.10.3 Regulations for Solar Passive Building Design ...... 162 21.10.4 Regulations for Development of Barrier Free Environment ...... 162 21.10.5 Regulations for collection of Rain Water Harvesting ...... 162 21.10.6 Regulations for Development of Apartments and Colonies in Real Estate Projects ...... 162 21.10.7 Regulations for Installation for Communication Towers ...... 162 21.10.8 Regulation for development of Information Technology Park (IT/Bio-Park) ...... 163 21.10.9 Change of Land Use ...... 163 Special Area Regulations ...... 163 21.11.1 Heritage Area ...... 163 21.11.2 Mixed Land Use in the form of Linear Development along National Highways ...... 165 21.11.3 Old Market Area (Pattan Bazar) ...... 165

BIBLIOGRAPHY ...... 167

Nadaun List of Tables

List of Tables

Table 3-1: Notified Planning Area of Nadaun, 2015...... 10 Table 6-1: Urban settlement pattern in Hamirpur District ...... 19 Table 6-2: Population Distribution of Nadaun Planning Area ...... 19 Table 6-3: Urban Distribution ...... 19 Table 6-4: Distribution of Settlements by Population Size, 2011...... 20 Table 6-5: Population Distribution in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 20 Table 6-6: Population Projections for Nadaun Planning Area by five different methods ...... 22 Table 6-7: Village-wise Urban and Rural Composition of the Projected Population ...... 23 Table 6-8: Indicators and their Weightages ...... 24 Table 6-9: Functional Index ...... 24 Table 6-10: Proposed Growth Centre in NPA ...... 25 Table 6-11: Proposed Settlement Hierarchy and Proposed Facilities in Nadaun Planning Area - 2036 ...... 26 Table 6-12: Planning Zone Delineation ...... 27 Table 7-1: Production of Horticultural Crops ...... 31 Table 7-2: Occupational Classification of Nadaun ...... 33 Table.7-3: Proposed Occupational Classification of Nadaun ...... 34 Table 7-4: Zone Wise Activity / Use Distribution ...... 34 Table 7-5: Activities allowed in the five tier system of commercial areas ...... 36 Table 8-1: Year wise population in the Planning Area ...... 38 Table 8-2: Housing Forecast ...... 41 Table 8-3: Year wise Housing Need ...... 41 Table 8-4: Zone wise Housing Need ...... 41 Table 8-5: Proposed Distribution of Households by Housing Category ...... 44 Table 8-6: Distribution of Housing by Supply Agencies...... 44 Table 9-1: Roads Maintained by PWD...... 46 Table 9- 2: Roads Maintained by Nagar Panchayat ...... 47 Table 9- 3: Level of Service in terms of Traffic Volume ...... 56 Table 9-4: Level of Service Criteria ...... 57 Table 10-1: Projected Distribution of Hotels and Beds ...... 72 Table 11-1 Guideline for educational institutes ...... 76 Table 11-2: Future demand for educational institutes ...... 77 Table 11-3: Guideline for Healthcare facilities ...... 77 Table 11-4: Future demand for healthcare facilities ...... 78 Table 11-5 Guideline for postal services ...... 78 Table 11-6 Future demand for postal services ...... 78 Table 11-7 Guideline for Telephone Service ...... 79 Table 11-8 Guideline for security facilities ...... 79 Table 11-9 Future requirement for security facilities ...... 79 Table 11-10 Future demand for fire stations ...... 80 Table 11-11 Guideline for other community facilities ...... 80 Table 11-12 Future demand for other community facilities ...... 80 Table 11-13 Guideline for recreation facilities ...... 81 Table 11-14 Future demand for recreational facilities ...... 82 Table 11-15 Guideline for sports facilities ...... 83 Table 11-16 Future demand for sports facilities ...... 83 Table 12-1 Water Demand and Gap ...... 86 Table 12-2: Water Treatment Demand ...... 86 Table.12-3: Sewerage Generation and Gap ...... 88 Table 12- 4: Sewerage Generation from various zones ...... 89 Table 12- 5: Runoff in each Catchments ...... 90 Table 12- 6: Estimated MSW generation ...... 93 Table 12-7: Details of existing power infrastructure...... 95 Table 12-8: Standard System Voltage ...... 98 Table 12-9: Safety Clearances ...... 98

Page | vii Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 12-10: Voltage Regulations ...... 98 Table 12-11: Tap Details for Power and Distribution Transformer ...... 98 Table 12-12: Demand losses in various elements of Power system (% of kW generation) ...... 98 Table 12-13: Technical Details of Road Lighting System ...... 99 Table 13-1 Water Quality Monitored in between Dhera Bridge and Nadaun Bridge ...... 103 Table 13-2: Ground Water Quality, Hamirpur District ...... 104 Table 13-3: Type of disasters in Hamirpur District ...... 106 Table 14-1 City Level Steering Group ...... 112 Table 17-1: Area allocation for various facilities zone-wise (in Ha) ...... 127 Table 18-1: Land use Distribution, 2016 ...... 130 Table 18-2: Proposed Land Use Classification, 2036 ...... 133 Table 18-3: Land use Distribution, 2016 ...... 136 Table 18-4: Land use Permissibility – Developable Area ...... 137 Table.18-5: Land use Permissibility – Non-Developable Area ...... 141 Table 19-1: Land contribution (in Percentage) ...... 145 Table 20-1: Summary of Infrastructure Cost ...... 150 Table 20-2: Phase-wise costing ...... 151 Table 21-1: Components of Nadaun Planning Area ...... 154 Table 21-2: Clearances from Electric Supply Lines ...... 158 Table 21-3: Residential Building Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 158 Table 21-4: Commercial building Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 160 Table 21-5: PSP Building Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 161 Table 21-6: Industrial Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 162 Table 21-7: Classification as per ASI charter ...... 163 Table 21-8: Standards for building lines and control lines ...... 165

Page | viii Nadaun List of Figures

List of Figures

Figure 1-1: Objective of the Development Plan ...... 2 Figure 1-2: Detailed Methodology of Nadaun Development Plan 2036 ...... 3 Figure 2-1: Location of the Planning Area ...... 6 Figure 2-2: Historical Evolution of Nadaun Town...... 8 Figure 3-1: Nadaun Planning Area, Hamirpur ...... 9 Figure 3-2: Administrative set up in Planning Area ...... 11 Figure 4-1: Regional Connectivity of Nadaun ...... 13 Figure 5-1: Elevation Analysis - Nadaun Planning Area ...... 16 Figure 5-2: Slope in the Planning Area ...... 17 Figure 6-1: Decadal Growth Rate (Urban Area) ...... 20 Figure 6-2: Decadal Growth Rate (Rural Area) ...... 20 Figure 6-3: Growth Rate of Nadaun Planning Area ...... 20 Figure 6-4: Age-Sex Composition ...... 21 Figure 6-5: SC distribution in Planning Area ...... 21 Figure 6-6: Literacy rate in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 22 Figure 6-7: Population Projections for Nadaun Planning area by five different methods ...... 23 Figure 6-8: Proposed Settlement Pattern ...... 26 Figure 6-9: Zone Boundary Delineation ...... 27 Figure 6-10: Zone wise Additional Population ...... 28 Figure 7-1: Gender Wise Distribution ...... 29 Figure 7-2: Workers Distribution ...... 29 Figure 7-3: Sector wise Male-Female Workers ...... 30 Figure 7-4: Agricultural Area in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 31 Figure 7-5: Share of Activities in Tertiary Sector ...... 3 2 Figure 7-6: Occupation Structure of Employed People ...... 32 Figure 7-7: Income Structure ...... 33 Figure 7-8: Informal Sector ...... 36 Figure 8-1: Settlements in the Planning Area ...... 37 Figure 8-2: Condition of Houses ...... 38 Figure 8-3 Age of Structure in Nadaun Planning Area...... 38 Figure 8-4: Type of Structures ...... 39 Figure 8-5: Material of Roof ...... 39 Figure 8-6 Material of Floor ...... 39 Figure 8-7: Material of Wall ...... 39 Figure 8-8: Dwelling Unit Size ...... 39 Figure 8-9: Ownership Status ...... 40 Figure 8-10: Relationship of Government and Private Sector vis-a-vis-Components of Housing ...... 43 Figure 8-11: Housing demand as per income category ...... 44 Figure 9-1: Road Network in the Planning Area ...... 45 Figure 9-2 Types of Materials ...... 46 Figure 9-3: Vehicle Growth, 2011 to 2015 ...... 47 Figure 9-4: Vehicle classes ...... 47 Figure 9-5: Location of Outer Cordons ...... 49 Figure 9-6: Traffic Movement Pattern...... 49 Figure 9-7: Purpose of trips of Goods Vehicles ...... 50 Figure 9-8: Purpose of trips of Passenger vehicles ...... 50 Figure 9-9: Purpose of trips at Cordon point 1 ...... 51 Figure 9-10: Purpose of trips at Cordon point 2 ...... 51 Figure 9-11: Purpose of trips at Cordon point 3 ...... 52

Page | ix Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Figure 9-12: Traffic Volume Count at Cordon Point 1: Beas Bridge ...... 52 Figure 9-13: Traffic Volume Count at Cordon Point 2: Jalari Road ...... 53 Figure 9-14: Traffic Volume Count at Cordon Point 3: Amb Road ...... 53 Figure 9-15: Modal Share at Cordon Point 1: Beas Bridge ...... 54 Figure 9-16: Modal Share at Cordon Point 2: Jalari Road ...... 54 Figure 9-17: Modal Share at Cordon Point 3: Amb Road ...... 55 Figure 9-18: PCU and Existing Traffic Pressure on Existing Roads ...... 56 Figure 9-19: Present Level of Service of Different Roads ...... 57 Figure 9-20: Mode of Transport Usage ...... 58 Figure 9-21: Public Transport Routes in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 59 Figure 9-22: Satisfaction with Bus Services ...... 60 Figure 9-23: Satisfaction with Taxi Service ...... 60 Figure 10-1: Places of Tourist Attractions, Nadaun ...... 68 Figure 10-2: Nadaun Amtar Fort ...... 68 Figure 10-3: Nadaun Amtar Fort ...... 68 Figure 10-4: Historical Gurudwara, Nadaun ...... 68 Figure 10-5: Samadhi of Dhyanu Bhagat ...... 69 Figure 10-6: Baoli at Gagaal ...... 69 Figure 10-7: Pattan Bazaar di Periyan ...... 69 Figure 10-8: Peer Saheb Grave ...... 70 Figure 10-9: Atal Bihari Vajpayee Cricket Stadium ...... 70 Figure 10-10: Principles of Sustainable Tourism ...... 74 Figure 11-1:Himachal Institute of Pharmaceutical Research Institute, Nadaun ...... 76 Figure 11-2: Vijay Vallabh Pvt ITI, Nadaun ...... 76 Figure 11-3: Sub-Divisional Veterinary Hospital ...... 77 Figure 11-4: Community Hall ...... 80 Figure 11-5: Shiv Temple in Nadaun ...... 81 Figure 11-6:Existing Park in Nadaun Planning Area ...... 81 Figure 11-7: Ramlila Maidan ...... 82 Figure 11-8: Atal Bihari Vajpayee Stadium in Bela ...... 83 Figure 12-1: Intensity-Duration Curve ...... 90 Figure 12-2: Sketch of Kerb Opening inlet ...... 90 Figure 13-1: Categories of Forest ...... 1 0 1 Figure 13-2: Forest Cover in the Planning Area...... 1 0 2 Figure 13-3: Ground Water Recharge Areas ...... 1 0 4 Figure 13-4 Overall Vulnerability Map of Himachal Pradesh ...... 1 0 5 Figure 13-5: Tehsil wise forest fire risk area of Hamirpur district ...... 1 0 6 Figure 13-6: Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis ...... 1 0 6 Figure 13-7: Earthquake Hazard Map ...... 1 0 7 Figure 13-8: Location of lineament in surrounding area of Nadaun planning area ...... 1 0 8 Figure 16-1: Growth Nodes and Opportunities in the Planning Area ...... 1 1 8 Figure 16-2: Limitations and Prospects in the Planning Area ...... 1 1 8 Figure 16-3: Conceptual Plan ...... 1 1 9 Figure 8-1: Proposed Transportation Plan ...... 1 2 6 Figure 8-2: Development Proposals ...... 1 2 8 Figure 18-1: Existing Land use Map of Nadaun Planning Area, 2016 ...... 1 3 1 Figure 18-2: Proposed Land use Plan ...... 1 3 5 Figure 19-1: Land Pooling process in Kathmandu, Nepal ...... 1 4 5 Figure 19-2: Lungtenphu in 2003 ...... 1 4 7 Figure 19-3: Lungtenphu in 2013 ...... 1 4 7

Page | x Nadaun List of Abbreviations

List of Abbreviations % percent AGiSAC Aryabhatta Geo Informatics and Space Application Centre BIS Bureau of Indian Standard BMO Block Medical Office BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CBSE Central Board of Secondary Education CD Block Community Development Block CFL Compact Fluorescent Lamp CPCB Central Pollution Control Board DHE Department of Higher Education DO Dissolved Oxygen DPF Demarcated Protected Forest DSP Deputy Superintendent of Police DTCA Department of Tourism and Civil Aviation ft. feet GDDP Gross District Domestic Product GDP Gross Domestic Product GEC-97 Groundwater Resource Estimation Committee - 1997 GIS Geographic Information System GoHP Government of Himachal Pradesh GP Gram Panchayat GSDP Gross State Domestic Product ha Hectare HFL High Flood Level HFW Health & Family Welfare Department HGV Heavy Goods Vehicles HH Household HPIPH Himachal Pradesh Irrigation and Public Health Department HPSEB Himachal Pradesh State Electricity Board HPSPCB Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board HPTCP Act Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act HRTC Himachal Road Transport Corporation I.C.A.R Indian Council of Agricultural Research IRC Indian Road Congress IPH Dept. Irrigation and Public Health Department ITI Industrial Training Institute km kilometer L.U.P. Land Use Planning LED Light Emitting Diode LMV Light Motor Vehicle LOS Level of Service lpcd litres per capita per day LWSS Lift Water Supply Scheme m metres MLD Million Litres per Day

Page | xi Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun mm millimeter msl mean sea level MSME Micro Small and Medium Enterprises MDR Major District Road MT Metric Tonne MW Mega Watt NAC Notified Area Council NDDP Net District Domestic Product NDP Net Domestic Product NH National Highway NHAI National Highway Authority of NIDM National Institute of Disaster Management NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre NSDP Net State Domestic Product O-D Origin - Destination ODR Other District Road PCI Per Capita Income PCU Passenger Car Unit PM Particulate Matter PMGSY Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana pph persons per hectare ppm parts per million PRI Panchayati Raj Institution psi pounds per square inch PWD Public Works Department RFP Request for Proposal ROW Right of Way RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter SDM Sub-Divisional Magistrate SHO Station House Officer SPM Suspended Particulate Matters sq.km. square kilometer TCPD Town and Country Planning Department UGC University Grant Commission UGR Under Ground Reservior UN United Nations UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation URDPFI Urban and Regional Development, Planning, Formulation and Implementation USP Unique Selling Proposition UT Union Territory UFW Unaccounted For Water V/C Volume/Capacity VSPL Voyants Solutions Pvt. Ltd. WHO World Health Organisation WPR Work Participation Rate

Page | xii Nadaun Executive Summary

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project Context Himachal Pradesh is one of the leading hill States in India with a population of 68,64,602 persons as per 2011 Census. There are 54 Urban Local Bodies and 59 census towns in the State. Apart from these, there are 34 Planning Areas and 35 Special Areas notified under the provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Town & Country Planning Act, 1977. In the wake of rapid urbanisation and economic growth, the Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) intends to regulate the development process in its urban settlements, to ensure that these urban settlements continue to serve their purpose without causing inconveniences and difficulties to the population, and the administration. To achieve the same, the Department of Town and Country Planning intends to prepare Development Plans of nine planning/special area. The Department of Town and Country Planning has engaged Voyants Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (VSPL), Gurgaon as consultant for the preparation of Development Plans for Nadaun Planning Area.

Planning Area Profile Nadaun is a historical trade town in Hamirpur district which is famous for its Amtar-Nadaun Fort and historical Dasvin Patshahi Gurudwara. Nadaun is situated between Kangra and Hamirpur Towns. It is situated at the foothills of Shiwalik ranges at an elevation ranging from 260 to 400 meters above msl on the left bank of the Beas River. The town is situated in sub-tropical monsoon Climatic region with wet summer and cold-wet winter seasons. The major soil type in the region is sandy loam which is good for both cultivation and forestry. Nadaun Planning Area comprises of four revenue villages of Nadaun Nagar Panchayat and eleven Revenue Villages in Gram Panchayats constituting 9,912 population and comprising 897.39 Ha of area. The gross population density of Nadaun Planning Area stands at 11 pph. The gross population density of Nadaun Nagar Panchayat is 19 pph in 2011 which has been in a constant since 2001 attributed due to low growth rate of population in urban area. However, Nadaun Planning Area has a net density of 74 pph. Nadaun Planning Area is located at cross-junction of two National Highways, NH-3 connecting Nadaun with Atari and Manali via Amritsar-Jalandhar-Hoshiyarpur-Hamirpur-Mandi-Kullu and NH-303 connecting Nadaun with Nagrota via Ranital-Jawalamukhi. The nearest airport is located at Gaggal at a distance of 59.1 km while the nearest railway station is Jawalaji Road (a narrow-gauge railway station) at about 33 km away from the planning area. The nearest broad-gauge railway station is located at Amb at a distance of 38.2 km from the planning area.

Demographic Characteristics Of the total population of Nadaun Planning Area (i.e., 9,912) 44.69% population (4,430) reside in the Nagar Panchayat Area and 55.31% (5,482) in the rest of the planning areas. The Planning Area has a decadal population growth of 12.68% in the last decade, a sex ratio of 996 females per 1000 males and literacy rate of 91% as per Census 2011. 16% population of the Planning area belong to Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribes.

Economy of the Planning Area The Work Participation Rate of the planning area is 46% with most of the workers (56.64%) engaged in tertiary sector, 41.64% engaged in primary sector and only 1.72% works engaged in secondary or

Page | xiii Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun industrial sector. The workforce constitutes of 59% male and 41% female workers as per Census 2011. The percentage of women participation has increased from 30% in 2001 to 41% in 2011 with 72% women engaged in the primary sector. The per-capita income of Nadaun is less than Rs. 10000. Maize and wheat are major food crop cultivated during Kharif and Rabi season respectively. Nadaun falls in the vegetable producing belt of the state. The main horticultural crops in the region include oranges, lemons, amla, mangoes and galgal.

Transportation and Connectivity 9.64 km of National Highway pass through the planning area respectively. Out of which, 2.88 km act as the urban road in Nadaun. The NHs are two lane undivided roads with 1.5m shoulders at both ends in the planning area. Out of the total roads maintained by Nagar Panchayat, 90% are made of concrete, 7% bitumen and 3% earthen. The other roads passing through the planning area viz., MDR and ODRs are maintained by PWD. Most of the village roads are constructed under PMGSY. Of the total roads under PWD, 93% roads are metalled and rest non-metalled. There is no designated on-street or off- street parking spaces and designated pathways in the planning area. Walk trips constitute more than 65% of the total household trips. The modal split includes 65% walk trips, 15% public transport (bus) trips, 13% two wheelers trips, 5% cars and 2% cycles/ NMT trips. As per traffic survey, the morning peak (9-11 am) and the evening peak (3-5 pm) receives almost 40% of the total traffic. Of the total trips made in Nadaun Planning Area, 53% of the trips were external to external trips, 24% external to internal trips, 19% internal to external trips and 4% of the total trips constitutes internal trips. Considering the internal to internal trips and external to internal trips, 80% of the internal trips are either generated or terminated on the Nagar Panchayat area or the urban area. 69% of the internal to internal and external to internal constitutes commercial goods trips while 65% internal to external and external to external movement constitute business trips attributed due to employment. 80% of the trips by passenger vehicles are made for social purposes. As per the traffic survey, the Level of Service for the part of NH-3 connecting Jalari with Hamripur is of Category A and the Level of service for the part of NH-3 connecting Nadaun with Amb and Una is Category B while, the Level of Service for the part of NH-303 connecting Nadaun with is of Category C.

Physical and Social Infrastructure Provision Both surface water and groundwater are utilised to meet the water demand of the people of Nadaun Planning Area. The estimated water demand for the planning area is 2.89 MLD and the sewage generated is 2.50 MLD. Proper waste management for 16.66 T/day (annual cumulative) of the Planning Area would be required. In terms of educational facilities, the area is self-sufficient with all the educational facilities and can also cater to the future population. The level of medical facilities is inadequate in the planning area. Also, there are no fire station and disaster management cell in the area. In terms of communication, the planning area is well connected with landline as well as mobile telephonic connection. The villages have internet access facilities though the network connectivity is poor. The villages are served by the sub-divisional head post office and sub-post offices. Every village has postal facilities within 2km radius. There are two main markets in Nadaun Nagar Panchayat area. The old market is located inside the town and the new market is located near to bus stand. There are no recreational open green spaces within the planning area, apart from a state level cricket stadium.

Page | xiv Nadaun Executive Summary

Forest and Environment Nadaun Planning Area has a forest cover of 33% which includes 76% Demarcated Protected Forest and 24% Open Forest. The major species of tree found in the planning area are Khair, Cheel, Shesam, Neem, Kikar, Sirish and Kasmal. The species of animals commonly found in the district are namely leopard, hare, wild boar, jackal, kakar, monkey and sambhar.

As per the HPSPCB, the level of concentration of toxic substances such as SO2 and NO2 is within the acceptable limits but the level of Suspended Particulate Matters (SPM) and Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM) present in the air is above the acceptable national standards.

Disaster Management Nadaun Planning Area is highly prone to earthquake and related hazards. In terms of earthquake hazard risk profiling, almost entire Hamirpur district (91%) falls in Zone V which is a very high damage risk zone. Drought is another major problem of the region. The sources of drinking water as well as nalla dry-up during the months of summer, due to depleted ground water level and insufficient rainfall. In spite of being located in high vulnerability zone in terms disaster intensity, no such preparedness mechanisms are observed at individual and community level.

Heritage and Tourism In terms of cultural and historical importance, Nadaun Planning Area is endowed with a number of heritage and architecturally magnificent structures of regional as well as religious importance. The important places of interest in and around Nadaun Planning Area includes the Nadaun Fort, Peer Saheb Grave, Patshahi Dasvin Gurudwara, Dhyanu Bhagat Samadhi, Pattan wali Paudiyan, Kaji Pattan Paudiyan, Matta wali Paudiyan, 105 stepped Bauli and periyan and Beas River. Most of these heritage structure are in a dilapidated conditions and no restoration processes have been undertaken by the local or district level authorities. The area has enough tourism potential which has not yet been explored.

Land Use Of the total land in Nadaun Planning Area (897.39 Ha) only 133.60 Ha i.e., 14.89% is developed and remaining 763.79 i.e., 85.11% in under developed. Of the total developed land, about 64.65% is residential area while 4.62% of the land is under commercial use. Transportation which includes road and other transportation facilities constitutes an area of 22.46 Ha i.e., about 16.81% of the total developed area. The public and semi-public area and open green area in Nadaun Planning Area account for nearly 8.45% and 5.47% of total developed area of Nadaun Planning Area. The total Nadaun Planning Area has about 40.68% land under agriculture, 32.79% land under forest which includes about 12.38% land under Demarcated Protected Forest and 20.41% under open forest. River Beas along with this bank cover about 11.65% of the total area under Nadaun Planning Area.

Vision Based on the inherent potentials and prospects of the Planning Area, the following vision has been framed for Nadaun Planning Area: “To make Nadaun an emerging tourist-cum-trade hub of Himachal Pradesh” It is envisaged to developed Nadaun as Tourism-cum-Trade Hub with encouragement given to agriculture while acting as a Transit Town. All the supporting facilities and amenities will be developed so that it can cater tourists as well as student population. The money invested in laying infrastructure

Page | xv Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun can be recovered from the revenue generated by tourism. Transit zone and mandi can emerge as an instrument to drive economic growth.

Projections Population of Nadaun Planning Area is anticipated to increase to 17501 by the year 2036. As 51 percent of the total population is anticipated to be workforce, there are likely to be 8926 workers, for whom provision of work areas is envisaged in the Development Plan.

Proposals and Recommendations Housing. In order to cater for the requirements of housing for the anticipated population of 17501 persons in the Planning Area by the year 2036, at the rate of 4.5 persons per family norm, nearly 3889 families shall be residing in the planning area. Considering the present housing shortage of 311 dwelling units, about 4200 dwelling units shall be required by the horizon period 2036. In view of present trend of low residential density, at the rate of 75 persons per hectare, 101.19 hectares of additional area is required to cater to the additional population of 7589. As 133.60 hectares area is existing, therefore, the total developable area by 2036 would be 237.90 hectares including 3.12.hectares of facilities and amenities. In Nadaun Planning Area, as the residential development is envisaged to be primarily on the private lands on one hand and acquisition being not preferred by the land owners, the onus of development of residential areas vest with them. The land owners are to ensure either planned sub-divisions of land or land pooling and reconstitution of the plots and accordingly development therein, ensuring provision of convenient shopping, basic service infrastructure including water supply, sewerage drainage, electric supply, road and other requisite facilities and services in view of creation of plots. The owners may construct houses only for their own purpose without exhausting this process. The housing areas are proposed to be developed by integrating future work areas and evolving safeguards for forest areas. The proposed housing sectors/ clusters are proposed to be developed on the neighbourhood principles of self-sufficiency by making provision of requisite infrastructure therein. The concerned local body/Panchayat will be responsible for ensuring the implementation of basic services and infrastructure at local level, by raising the resources through process of undertaking remunerative schemes in the area on land to be got surrendered in its name during the course of Land Pooling and Reconstitution mechanism. In case of bigger land parcels of vacant land the same are to be developed by a development agency which has to play an effective role.

Trade & Commerce. The existing commercial area comprising of old bazaar (Pattan Bazaar) and the Main Bazaar and shall continue to function as such. Commercial activity in the developing new areas shall be allowed in a planned manner only. Following proposals are being made with regard to trade & commerce: - i. There is a need of wholesale and warehousing market (Mandi) for the town. The same is being proposed over an area of 0.62 hectares at Jalari at the cross junction of NH-3 and MDR 36. ii. The existing fish market which is behind the bus stand is proposed to be shifted at the present location of vegetable Mandi on NH-3 along the nallah. iii. While the main bazaar shall continue to act as the C.B.D. of Nadaun town. There shall be sector- level or cluster level shopping in various sectors of the town. Such shopping centres shall help ease off pressure on main bazaar. The following norms are suggested for planning the above mentioned shopping centres:- a) Sector-level shopping centre-45 to 50 shops for a population of 5000 persons. b) Convenient shopping centre-10 to 15 shops for a population of 1000 persons. iv. In order to cater to the envisaged tourist population visiting Nadaun hotel and related activity is proposed along NH-3.

Page | xvi Nadaun Executive Summary

Mixed Use. Mixed land use zone has been proposed at strategic location along the NH-3 and NH-303. It accounts of an area of 2.40 hectares within the planning area.

Industry. It is proposed to develop an industrial estate in Tillu Khas village along the proposed 24 m wide by- pass on about 10.27 Ha of available government land. Non-polluting and non-hazardous small-scale or cottage industrial units are proposed in the industrial area viz, Handicraft industries, agro processing industries and IT and ITeS industries.

Transportation With increase in traffic it is envisaged that present NH-3 and NH-303 will not be able to accommodate traffic hence, it is proposed to increase the width of the present NH-3 and NH-303 from present 10m ROW to 15m ROW. As most of the traffic entering Nadaun is E to E i.e., External to External, two by-passes have been proposed one parallel to NH-303 and NH-3 traversing from the right bank of Beas river and entering Bela near Nadaun Fort and then entering Tillu Khas village before meeting NH-3 at Jalari and the other connecting (new NH-3) and old NH-88 (new NH-3) via Bharmoti Kalan at Jalari. The NH-303 and NH-3 by-passes have been proposed with an ROW of 24 m and the other by-pass of 15m ROW. Three junction improvements have been suggested one at present junction of NH-3 and NH-303 near the Bus stand, another at the junction of NH-3 and proposed By-pass in Bharmoti Kalan and at the junction of NH-3 with the two proposed by-passes at Jalari. A truck terminal is proposed at the cross junction of NH-3 and the proposed by-passes in Jalari Suankhlan. The truck terminal proposed on Government land measuring an area of about 0.62 hectares. The truck terminal has been strategically located in close vicinity of the proposed Wholesale and Warehousing Centre (Mandi) located on the other side of the NH-3 in Jalari village as the two activities are correlated and dependent on each other. The present bus terminal is in the heart of the town in the main market. As per the traffic projects it is envisaged that the present bus terminal will not be able to accommodate the future public transport. Hence, a new bus terminal is proposed along NH-3 in an area of about 0.56 hectares in Nagarda village A part from these, new roads of 6m and 9m and widening of important roads have also been proposed in the planning area

Tourism The development of tourism in and around Nadaun call for systematic and planned development, check on encroachments, cleanliness of town, integration and publicity of local as well as surrounding attractions, like Nadaun Fort and other heritage sites within the planning area and provision of basic amenities at genuine rate. In order to boost the tourism activity in the Planning Area it is proposed to repair and restore the Nadaun fort, develop the adjoining area in to a tourist spot with landscaped gardens, pathways and sitting arrangements. It is further proposed to conduct light and sound show to present the rich history of the Nadaun fort. It is also proposed to develop other heritage sites within the planning area as tourist sites.

Public and Semi Public In order to make Nadaun an Educational-cum-Knowledge Hub of the region, it is proposed that land be reserved for establishment of professional colleges and institutes in Bela village. It would be a centre of learning for higher education and professional and vocational courses.

Page | xvii Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

An area of 11.29 hectares is existing under utilities, facilities and services. It is anticipated that an area of 3.07 hectares shall be required more for providing various facilities of Regional to Cluster level in the Planning Area by the year 2036 as per the requirements. A Water Treatment Plant has been proposed in Bela along the Beas River for which an area of 0.24 hectares have been provided.

Parks and Open Spaces Use The town lacks in organised parks and open spaces. Local Parks are therefore, required to be developed at cluster/sector level. At the rate of standard of 1.00 hectares per 1000 population, 17.50 hectares land is required to cater for population of the Planning Area by the year 2036. As 7.31 hectares area is existing, therefore, 10.19 hectares area is required more. It is proposed to develop the old Nadaun Fort area into a tourist spot-cum-recreational area with landscaped gardens fountains, and light and sound show. A 10 hectare land has also been earmarked for proposed Botanical and Zoological Park in Tillu Khas village.

Forest Areas and Water Bodies. Nearly 111.06 hectares of land falls under Demarcated Protected Forest use in Nadaun Planning Area. It is proposed to maintain and preserve all these forest areas. In case of private forests, no urban activity involving felling of trees and despoiling of natural surface and slopes shall be permissible. The land under Water Bodies i.e. 104.52 hectares shall remain as such.

Page | xviii Nadaun The Context

1 The Context

Background one partly was excluded from the planning Himachal Pradesh is one of the highly area vid Gazette Notification No. F (5)-7/2013 developed States of India with a population of dated 14-5-2015. The revised planning area 68,64,602 persons as per 2011 Census. There includes the Nagar Panchayat Area and 10 are 541 Urban Local Bodies and 56 census complete surrounding revenue villages and towns2 in the State. Also, there are 34 Planning one partly. For a planned and regulated Areas and 35 Special Areas3 notified under the development of the Nadaun Planning Area, a comprehensive development plan was provisions of the Himachal Pradesh Town & required inevitably, accordingly this Country Planning Act, 1977. Development Plan has been prepared after

making exhausting exercises like field surveys, In the wake of rapid urbanization and economic growth, the Government of housing and demographic survey and after Himachal Pradesh intends to regulate the examining the quantitative and qualitative development process in its urban settlements, aspects of various land uses, development to ensure that these urban settlements activities, problems and prospects of Nadaun continue to serve their purpose without Planning Area. causing inconveniences and difficulties to the In order to prepare a technically viable population, and the administration. To achieve document, acceptable to the masses, the same, the Town and Country Planning stakeholders meeting along with face to face Department, Himachal Pradesh, intends to interactions with various government and prepare Development Plan for Nadaun for which Voyants Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (VSPL), semi-government officials, members of Nagar Gurgaon has been engaged as consultant for Panchayat committee, public representatives the preparation of the year 2036. Non-Govt. Organizations (NGO's) and general public have been organized.

The Context The Development Plan of Nadaun Planning Nadaun is a geographically as well as Area contemplates increase of population from administratively an important town. It is the 9,912 in 2011 to 17,642 by the year 2036. headquarters of Nadaun Sub-Division, Nadaun Tehsil and Nadaun Block. In order to ensure Objective planned and regulated physical development of such a strategically important town, the The foremost objective of the study is to prepare a holistic plan for Nadaun which will Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 was extended to Nadaun Planning guide the present and future growth towards a Area in the year 2014 vide Gazette notification planned and sustainable development. The no. F (5)-7/2013 dated 15-1-2014, covering an four key goals of the Development Plan are: area of 1269.59 hectares spreading over 25  Achieve economic growth. revenue villages. Later the planning area was  Provide safe liveable neighbourhoods. reduced and 10 complete revenue villages and  Provide efficient and sustainable

1 Source: Urban Development Department - Himachal 3 Source: Department of Town and Country Planning, Pradesh, http://ud-hp.in/ulblist.html Himachal Pradesh 2 Source: Census of India – 2011, http://censusindia.gov.in/towns/HP_towns.pdf

Page | 1 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

physical and social infrastructure  Conserve the environment both natural system. and manmade.

Figure 1-1: Objective of the Development Plan Source: Voyants Gurugram, 2017 Methodology economic classes. After the completion of the For the preparation of the Development Plan survey, the survey data was analysed to for Nadaun, the descriptive quantitative and understand the existing socio-economic and qualitative methodology have been followed. housing profile of the town. The broader steps include collection of primary 1.5.2 Land Use Survey and secondary data, existing situation analysis, A predominant land use survey was conducted demand-gap assessment, projection and to understand the broad landuse within the forecasting, future demand estimation, Planning area. For the same, the base map proposals and recommendations, policy prepared by AGiSAC at a scale of 1:5000, were framework and implementation strategy. The used for ground verification and land use detailed methodology has been illustrated in demarcation. Figure 1-2: Detailed Methodology of Nadaun

Development Plan 2036 The landuse was cross-checked with the Surveys revenue based Existing Landuse Map prepared by TCPO for sufficiency which led to the To analyse the existing situation of the Nadaun preparation of the existing land use map and and subsequently formulate sectoral subsequent analysis. proposals, the following surveys were conducted: 1.5.3 Traffic Survey 1.5.1 Household Survey The existing traffic situation was analysed using three types of surveys: The household survey was conducted using stratified sampling method. The sample size 1.5.3.1 Total Volume Count (TVC) selected was approximately 5% of the total TVC was conducted to obtain information on project area households i.e., 121 sample total volume of vehicle traffic on the project households. The survey method was initiated roads. The survey was conducted for motorised by the formulation of questionnaires followed as well as non-motorised modes of transport as by training of enumerators. For ensuring per the prescribed format of IRC Code SP:19- unbiased survey, samples from successful 2001. A three day 12-hour TVC survey was attempt was made to cover different types of conducted at 3 outer-cordons locations. households belonging to different socio-

Page | 2 Nadaun The Context

Figure 1-2: Detailed Methodology of Nadaun Development Plan 2036 Source: Voyants Gurugram, 2017

Page | 3 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

1.5.3.2 Origin-Destination (OD) Survey The OD Survey was conducted to derive information on travel patterns and travel choices in the town. The survey was conducted as per the prescribed format of IRC Code SP:19- 2001 and field investigation on all project roads. For the purpose of determining the choices of users for various transport modes, vehicles were also classified according to modes. Three day 12-hour TVC survey was conducted at 3 outer-cordons locations.

Page | 4 Nadaun Town Over Time

2 Town Over Time

of the Princely state of Kangra. It was the Nomenclature headquarters of the Nadaun Jagir in the princely state of Kangra. Maharaja Sansar Nadaun is a small town in Himachal Pradesh, Chand of Kangra held his court during summer located on the foothills of the Siwalik range on for a number of year during his reign. 4 north-west corner of Hamirpur District on the left bank of River Beas. It is located at a Raja Jodhbir Chand, son of Raja Sansar Chand distance of 28 km from Hamirpur on the cross- II, was the first king of Nadaun. He was granted junction of NH-3 connecting Nadaun with Atari the jagir of Nadaun for his family's and Manali via Amritsar-Jalandhar- maintenance in 1823.5 Nadaun soon emerged Hoshiyarpur-Hamirpur-Mandi-Kullu and NH- as a centre of arts and commerce. 303 connecting Nadaun with Nagrota via Ranital-Jawalamukhi. Nadaun was a cheerful place, during the reign of Sansar Chand II. There was a saying in It is the Headquarters for both Nadaun Tehsil Kangra hill that "Aaye Nadaun Jaaye Kaun" as well as Nadaun Sub-Division. Besides its (Who comes to Nadaun would never want to beautiful setting, the town has fascinating and go back). This is explained by the fact that variable scenery throughout the year. there were two hundred singing and dancing girls at Nadaun and whoever come under the Location and Regional spell of these enchantresses never thought of 6 Setting leaving. Bulleh Shah, a famous sufi poet, in his famous poem "Bulla Ki Janna mein Kaun", also Nadaun is located at 31.78°N 76.35°E. It has an mentions Nadaun as "Na mein rehnda vich average elevation of 508 metres (1666 feet) Nadaun" (Nor do I live in Nadaun).4 Ghulam from Mean Sea Level. It is situated midway Mohiuddin also, writes in Tarikh-i-Punjab that between Jwalamukhi (12 km) and Hamirpur it is peaceful town with a good Rest House, an (28 km). The town is spread over an area of Old Palace and Shiva temple.5 Nadaun is also 2.31 sq.km having population of 4,430 as per known for Blikleshwar Mahadev temple which Census of India, 2011 and the Planning Area is said to be have been founded by the covers 8.97 sq. km. having population of 9,912 Pandavas. as per Gazette Notification No. TCP-F (5)- 7/2015 dated 14.05.2015. It is well connected The famous Battle of Nadaun was fought on by roads with the major towns of the District the banks of Beas River, between Raja Bhim and the State as well as the neighbouring Chand of Kahlur (Bilaspur) and the Mughals States. The closest airport is Gaggal Airport under Alif Khan. The Mughal emperor, situated at 43.7 km distance from the town Aurangzeb's expeditions in Deccan in the center. 1690s, had put considerable strain on the Mughal exchequer. As a result, Aurangzeb Historical Setting issued orders to the Governor of Punjab, Azim Khan, to recover annual tributes from the 2.3.1 Pre-Independence rulers of hill states, who had been defaulting During the Medieval times, Nadaun was a part on the payment for three consecutive years.

4 History of the Punjab Hill States, J. Hutchinson and J. Ph. 5 http://www.indianrajputs.com/view/nadaun Vogel, 1933 6 http://himachal.gov.in

Page | 5 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

9,912

Figure 2-1: Location of the Planning Area Source: Composed by Voyants, Gurugram, 2017 based on Gazette Notification dated 14.05.17

Page | 6 Nadaun Town Over Time

Azim Khan assigned the duty of collecting on September 1, 1972, Nadaun became a part tributes to Mian Khan, the viceroy of Hamirpur District of the new State of of Jammu.The duty of collecting tributes from Himachal Pradesh. Kangra and adjoining principalities was Nadaun town is divided into following areas- assigned to Alif Khan.7 The Raja of Kangra and I. New Bus-Stand Area. Raja Dayal of Bijarwal agreed to the demands II. Old-Bus Stand Area (also called Jesri). of Alif Khan. However, Raja Bhim Chand III. The Main-Market Area. of Kahlur (Bilaspur) refused to oblige and IV. The Old-Market Area (also called formed an alliance with other chieftains Pattan). opposed to the Mughals. The old-market area used to be main center As per the tenth Granth of Guru Granth Sahib of shopping when the market shifted to what (holy book of Sikhs), Guru Gobind Singh (the is currently the main-market area. The main- tenth Sikh Guru) fought his second battle in market area is further divided into two parts- Nadaun on 4th April 1691 and is described as the upper bazaar which is close to the Bus- ‘Nadaun Jang’. The first battle was fought between Guru Gobind Singh and King of stand and the main-bazaar. Main-Bazaar is in Bilaspur near Bhagani Paonta Saheb. The the heart of Nadaun town and is the center second battle was fought by Guru Gobind of business in Nadaun. Pattan area has got a Singh with Mughals on the invitation of Raja big play-ground which hosts various cultural Bhim Chand of Kahlur (Bilaspur). Guru Gobind events like Ramlila and sometimes used for Singh came to fight the battle along with a political and election rallies. Nadaun is group of 500 Sikhs with Mughals lead by Alif famous for the Atal Bihari Vajpayee Cricket Khan.8 Stadium where state level cricket matches are organised. It is located at the North- Mughals and his aides were defeated at a eastern edge of Nadaun Planning Area in battle in Nadaun. After the battle ended, Guru Bela Gram Panchayat.10 Nadaun is famous as Gobind Singh stayed in Nadaun for eight days, the birth place of freedom fighter Inderpal. before returning to Anandpur. Later, Maharaja There is a statue of Inderpal near New Bus Ranjit Singh built a Gurudwara on the spot Stand area. where the Guru had pitched his tent. The Gurudwara was built to commemorate Guru Gobind Singh's victory in the Battle of Nadaun. Nagar Panchayat It was latter affiliated to Shiromani Gurudwara With rapid urbanization, the settlement of 7 Prabandhak Committee in 1935. The Nadaun grew into a town. Notified Area Gurudwara known as Gurudwara Dasvin Committee or Nagar Panchayat has been 9 Patshahi or Gurudwara Nadaun Sahib, is a constituted which is managing the civic prominent place of worship. functions of town. The Nagar Panchayat area

is divided into 7 wards, represented by 7 2.3.2 Post-Independence elected councilors. The institutional, Post-Independence, Nadaun was a part of residential and commercial areas have Kangra District. As a result of trifurcation of however been developed outside the Nagar Kangra District as Kangra, Hamirpur and Una Panchayat area in the rural Panchayats.

7 History of the Punjab Hill States, J. Hutchinson and J. 9 Sikhwiki.com and Documents from Gurudwara Ph. Vogel, 1933 10http://areaprofiler.gov.in/aboutUsIntgeratedPES.do?st 8 http://himachal.gov.in ateCode=0&lbCode=736&languageId=1

Page | 7 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Figure 2-2: Historical Evolution of Nadaun Town Source: Composed by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017 based on History of the Punjab Hill States, J. Hutchinson and J. Ph. Vogel, 1933 and Field investigation

Page | 8 Nadaun Planning Area

3 Planning Area Introduction Nadaun Planning Area comprises a total of 15 Nadaun Planning Area was first notified vide mohals of which four mohals lie within the Gazette Notification No. TCP-F (5)-7/2013 Nadaun Nagar Panchayat Area and remaining dated 15.01.2104 wherein 25 mohals including eleven mohals within the Gram Panchanyat Nadaun Nagar Panchayat area was notified. Area. The Nagar Panchayat Area constitutes Later, ten mohals were completely excluded four mohals viz., Kot, Seri, Dole Gharan and from the Planning Area and one partly as these Nagarda. (Refer Figure 3-1). mohals were situated outside the influence zone of Nadaun Town. The Planning Area was The Planning Area has an area of about 897.39 re-notified vide Gazatte Notification No. TCP-F Ha or 8.97 sq.km with a population of 9,912. (5)-7/2015 dated 14.05.2015.

Figure 3-1: Nadaun Planning Area, Hamirpur Source: Composed by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017 based on Gazette Notification dated 14.05.2015 and Existing Land use prepared by TCPD, Hamirpur

Page | 9 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Extent of Planning Saukhlan towards western side following the The planning area is bound by River Beas on southern boundary of Mohal Jalari Saukhlan, up to NH-3 (Atari-Manali) then following the the northern and north-eastern side and by Nala boundary downstream passing between Man Khad on the western side. Nadaun town Mohal Harmandir Rukwalan, then following is located at the tri-junction of two of NH i.e., the southern boundary of Mohal Harmandir NH-3 (Atari-Manali) and NH-303 (Nadaun- Mandiala, Mohal Bharmoti Kalan, up to the Nagrota). meeting point of southern-western boundary The composition of Nadaun Planning Area is of Mohal Bharmoti Kalan. presented in Table 3.1 below. West: Starting from the meeting point of south Table 3-1: Notified Planning Area of Nadaun, 2015 western boundary of Mohal Bharmoti Kalan Sl. Name of Revenue Area (in Population towards northern side following the western No. Village Ha.) boundary of Mohal Bharmoti Kalan, Nagarada

1 Seri 61.48 4430 and Kot, up to the confluence point of Man 2 Kot 74.00 Khad and Beas River. 3 Nagarada 72.84 Nagar Administrative Set-up 4 Dole Gharan Panchayat 23.15 Nadaun is the Tehsil as well as Block 5 Tillu Pratham 13.32 335 Headquarters of Nadaun Tehsil and Nadaun 6 Bela 193.94 2347 Block of Hamirpur District respectively. It is 7 DPF Tillu 87.10 46 also the sub-divisional head quarter of 8 Gagaal 31.92 251 9 Kuthar 45.83 356 Hamirpur division. Nadaun Planning Area 10 DPF Kuthar 31.14 - consists of both the urban and rural areas. The 11 Bharmoti Kalan 98.65 526 urban area i.e., Nadaun town is under the 12 Tillu Khas 72.96 649 jurisdiction of the Nagar Panchayat and the 13 Harmandir Mandiala 57.60 458 rural areas i.e., the villages are under the Gram 14 Harmandir Rukwalan 5.06 20 Panchayat. (Partly) 15 Jalari Saukhlan 28.40 494 st Total 897.39 9912 The Nagar Panchayat was constituted on 1 Source: Gazette Notification dated 14.05.2015 August, 1974. It covers an area of about 2.31 sq.km. The local body performs three broad North: Starting from the confluence point of functions i.e. first, revenue generation though Beas River and Man Khad along upstream of collection of property tax (10%), shop rents; River Beas following the northern boundary of second, service provision by construction and Mohal Kot, Seri and Bela, up to the northern- maintenance of metalled roads, providing eastern boundary meeting point of Bela. street lights, constructing and maintaining

drainage system, parks and recreational East: Starting from the meeting point of centres and third, regulating and monitoring northern-eastern boundary of Mohal Bela on construction of building activities in Nagar towards southern side following the eastern Panchayat boundary. According to 74th boundary of Mohal Bela, Tillu Khas, DPF Tillu, amendment, Nagar Panchayat of Nadaun Jalari Saukhlan, up to the meeting point of performs only 22% of the functions (only four eastern-southern boundary of Mohal Jalari functions) out of eighteen functions listed in Saukhlan. Twelfth Schedule.

South: Starting from the meeting point of eastern-southern boundary of Mohal Jalari There are three Gram Panchayats in Nadaun

Page | 12 Nadaun Planning Area

Planning area viz., Bela, Jalari and Bharmoti Gram Panchayat.

Under Secretary, Nagar Panchayat

Figure 3-2: Administrative set up in Planning Area Source: Block Development Office, Nadaun

Page | 11 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Page | 12 Nadaun Regional Scenario

4 Regional Scenario

Cricket Stadium, a state level cricket stadium, Introduction growth potentials of town have further Besides been a Sub-Divisional Headquarter, increased. Nadaun has become an important regional trade and educational centre, increasing trade Regional Linkages and and commercial activities with potential for Connectivity allied agro/forest based industries in the The planning area is well connected by air, rail vicinity have strong bearing on its future and roadways with all the major towns and growth. On opening of Atal Bihari Vajpayee cities of Himachal Pradesh and India.

Figure 4-1: Regional Connectivity of Nadaun Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

Page | 13 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

The district head-quarter Hamirpur is just (the state capital) and Amb road (NH-3) 28km away from Nadaun. Shimla, the state connects Nadaun town Chandigarh and Delhi capital is located at a distance of 170km from (National Capital). Nadaun Planning area. The two important cities in terms of regional importance and Regional Resources opportunities namely, Chandigarh and Delhi 4.3.1 Mineral Resources are located at distances of 177 km and 406 km At present, few items viz. building stone, sand, respectively. Considering the strategic location stone grit, etc. are being exploited in the name of Nadaun town, it might be developed as a of mineral resources. In addition to it glass and Transit node in between Kangra and Hamirpur silica sand pebbles are also found in the area of on the one side or Kangra and Una on the other Kunah, and Maan khads but as yet no side. commercial exploitation of these minerals 4.2.1 By Air have been made.12 Gaggal Airport in Kangra District is the nearest 4.3.2 Forest Resources airport to Nadaun. There are three flights daily Out of the total land area in notified Planning from Delhi to Gaggal. The airport is located 59 Area Boundary, 294.22 ha of land is under km north of Nadaun. forest cover i.e. 33% of the total area. The 4.2.2 By Rail forest cover includes Demarcated Protected The nearest railhead of Nadaun town is forest (111.06 ha) and open forest (183.16 ha). Jwalamukhi Road which is located 33 km north The main resources which come from forests of the town. It is a Narrow-Gauge Railway line are in the form of timber, firewood, fodder, which connects Pathankot with Kangra and herbs etc. The small-scale units like wooden Jogindernagar. There is another Broad-Gauge toys, bamboo sticks, wooden furniture and railhead located at Amb, at a distance of 38.2 joinery items etc. may be suggested where km south west of Nadaun town. It is directly resources can be collected from Forest areas.13 connected with Chandigarh and Delhi via Una. 4.3.3 Hydro-power 4.2.3 By Road The Dhaulasidh Project with a generation Nadaun is located along the NH-3 and NH-303. potential of 66 MW is located on River Beas, The town is accessible via NH-3 (Hamirpur- part of the Indus basin, in Tira Sujanpur tehsil Bhota-Ghumarwin- Ghagus road)11 from in Hamirpur district. The Dhaulasidh project Hamirpur which is located at a distance of 28 design holds potential of generating 253.18 km south east of the town. Una which is million units of electric energy each year. A located at a distance of 72 km from Nadaun is Memorandum of Understanding for execution accessible by NH-3 which connects Atari- of Dhaulasidh project was signed with the Amritsar-Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Nadaun- Government of Himachal Pradesh on 27th Hamirpur-Toni -Awa Devi-Mandi- Kullu- October, 2008. The hydro-power project is Manali. Sujanpur is accessible via MDR 36. The beneficial for the entire Hamirpur district.14 Hamirpur road (NH-3) connects Nadaun with

11Source: 13 Source: Range Office, Nadaun http://hppwd.gov.in/Download/NH%20Detail.pdf 14 Source: http://sjvn.nic.in/project-details.htm?14 and 12 Source: Geological Study Report, Hamirpur District http://wikimapia.org/21152046/Dhaulasidh-H-E-Project

Page | 14 Nadaun Physical and Environmental Considerations

5 Physical and Environmental Considerations

Physiography under highly steep slope i.e. >45° where 16 Even though Nadaun is located in the foot hills development of any sort is not possible. i.e., Siwalik Range of Himalayas, it is mostly Areas with more than 15° slope are covered plain and has a flat terrain. The planning area with the forest. These areas are mainly eco- has two protected forest located on the two sensitive zones which are be demarcated as ridges in the centre of the planning area on the protected or no-development zone. either side of the NH-3. Nadaun Planning Area is located at the north-western side of Climate Hamirpur district on left bank of Beas River. The planning area falls in the humid sub- Beas River flow towards the north side of this tropical zone and experiences four broad area. Man Khad flows on the western side of seasons. The winter season from December to the planning area. The natural drainage February, summers from March to June, hot consists of inlets and rivulets which has not and rainy season from July to September and been developed inside the planning area.15 autumn season in the months of October and November. The region receives the 5.1.1.1 Elevation 1340.72mm of rains during the monsoon The terrain of the Planning area is mostly plain period. The maximum rainfall i.e. almost 82% (59%), rolling or undulating (27%) and hilly occurs during July to August and minimum in (14%). The surface elevation ranges from 260 the months of April and October. In all there m along the Beas river valley and in lower are 124 rainy days in a year in Nadaun. The reaches of Man Khad to 400 at the peak of DPF hottest month is May and coldest month is Tillu. The elevation of the planning area January. Maximum and minimum increases from the Man Khad on the western temperatures recorded in the area ranges from side to the hill top on the south-eastern edge 20˚ to 40 ˚C. of the planning area. Flora and Fauna 5.1.1.2 Slope The main species of trees available in the area According to the slope analysis, the slope is are Khair, Cheel, Sheesam, Neem, Kikar, Sirish from south eastern side to north western, and Kasmal etc. western and southern side. Almost 87% of the total area in the Planning Area has a gentle The species of animals commonly found in the slope i.e. <15°. It is suitable for any district are namely leopard, hare, wild boar, development works. Almost 11% area falls jackal, kakar, monkey and sambhar. under semi-steep slope category that ranges from 15° to 30°. Approx. 2% area falls under Among the birds commonly found are namely steep slope category that ranges from 30°- chkor, crow, jungle murga, kala titar, safed titar 45°. A very small area of 2.26 Ha (0.25%) fall

15 Ground Water Information Booklet, Hamirpur District, 16 URDPFI Guidelines and http://www.sappi.com/regions Himachal Pradesh, District Disaster Management Report, /sa/SappiSouthernAfrica/Sappi%20Forests/Tree%20Fami Hamirpur ng%20Guidelines/Part%203_Forest%20Engineering_Cha pter%207_Terrain%20Classification.pdf

Page | 15 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

and woodpecker etc.17

Figure 5-1: Elevation Analysis - Nadaun Planning Area Source: Analysis by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017 based on Base Map prepared by AGiSAC

In the low-lying areas, along river beds newer Geology and Soil Character alluvium of recent again is seen. The new Nadaun belongs to the Middle Siwalik Sub alluvium deposit comprises alluvium fans and group. The Middle Sivalik Sub-group comprises terraces of unsorted sand, silt and clay and of large thickness of coarse micaceous rock fragment and boulder beds.18 sandstone along with some interbeds of early clay. It normally succeeds the Lower Siwalik As per the Geological study, there are a few along a gradational contact. The sandstone is sinking and sliding zones within the planning less sorted than those in Lower Siwalik. Clay area. They are on the southern edge of the Bela bands are dull coloured and silty. The general village along the hilly terrain, particularly near thickness is 1400 to 2000 metres. the SDM colony.

17 Forest Range Office, Nadaun and District Disaster and feasibility of mining in river/ stream beds of Management Report, Hamirpur District Hamirpur, Mining Dept., Geological Wing, 18 Study on the Drainage System, mineral potential Hamirpur

Page | 16 Nadaun Physical and Environmental Considerations

The soil in general is brown and varies in enhances the nutrients and fluid movements texture from loamy sand to clay loam. This type that is very good for plant growth and of sandy loam soil with coarse texture which agriculture.19

Figure 5-2: Slope in the Planning Area Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

19 District Disaster Management Report, Hamirpur

Page | 17

Nadaun Demography and Urbanisatioon

6 Demography and Urbanization

According to the Census of India, 2011, Nadaun Introduction Planning Area comprises 44.69% population There are four urban settlements in Hamirpur (4430 people) residing in Nadaun town and district viz, Hamirpur (MC), Sujanpur (MC), 55.31% population (5482 people) reside in rest Nadaun (NP) and Bhota (NP). As per Census of the planning area. 2011, Nadaun (NP) is a Class V town. There are 9,912 people residing in Nadaun Table 6-1: Urban settlement pattern in Hamirpur District Planning Area out of which 4970 are male Census Population Name of Urban (50.14%) and 4942 are female (49.86%). Classification Range Settlement Class I 100,000+ - Population of Nadaun town is 4430 out of Class II 50000 - 99000 - which 2266 (51.15%) are males and 2164 Class III 20000 - 49000 - (48.85%) are females as per the Census of Class IV 10000 - 19999 Hamirpur (MC) India, 2011. Class V 5000 – 9999 Nadaun (NP),

Sujanpur (MC) Table 6-3: Urban Distribution Class VI Below 5000 Bhota (NP) Population Source: Census of India, 2011 Area 1991 2001 2011 Population Hamirpur Nadaun is a sparely populated town with a District 22,686 30,206 31,430 (Urban) population of 4430 people in 2011 and 9,912 in Nadaun 3,379 4,405 4,430 the notified Planning Area. The planning area Male 1698 2249 2266 accounts for about 2.20% of the total Female 1681 2156 2164 population of Hamirpur district. The population Source: Census of India, 1991, 2001 and 2011 distribution of Nadaun Planning area is as follows: 6.2.1 Population Growth The decadal growth in Nadaun town was 30% Table 6-2: Population Distribution of Nadaun Planning from 1991 to 2001 which was less than the Area district urban average i.e. 33%. The Decadal Population Area growth rate drastically dropped down to 1991 2001 2011 0.56%, which was also very less compared to Hamirpur 3,69,128 4,12,700 4,54,768 the district average growth rate i.e. 4.05% from District Nadaun 2001 to 2011 (Figure 6-1). It may be attributed Planning 7,075 8,885 9,912 to the fact that there was very small migration Area to town and decline in the fertility rate due to Nadaun 3,379 4,405 4,430 implementation of National Family Policy in the Town Rest of District. Planning 3,696 4480 5482 Area Source: Census of India, 1991, 2001 and 2011

Page | 19 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

35.00 villages. Out of these 11 villages, 7 villages have 30.00 population less than 500. Two villages viz, 25.00 Bharmoti Kalan and Tillu Khas have population 20.00 15.00 between 500 and 1000 Out of the rural 10.00 settlement Bela has the highest population of 5.00 Growth Growth Rate (urban) 2347 because of its close proximity to the 0.00 1991-01 2001-11 Nadaun town. Nadaun 30.36 0.57 Hamirpur 33.15 4.05 Table 6-4: Distribution of Settlements by Population Size,

Figure 6-1: Decadal Growth Rate (Urban Area) 2011 Source: Census of India, 1991, 2001 and 2011 Population No. of Name of Village or Range Villages Town In case of the rural areas in Nadaun Planning <100 2 DPF Kuthar, DPF Tillu Harmandir Rukwalan area, the population growth has decreased as 100-250 1 well from 25% in 1991-01 to 21% in 2001-11 (partly) but slower than the urban population growth. Gaggal, Tillu Pratham, 250-500 5 Kuthar, Jalari

30.00 Saunkhlan Bharmoti Kalan, Tillu 25.00 500-1000 2 20.00 Khas 15.00 1000-2000 0 - 10.00 2000-4000 1 Bela 5.00 >4000 1 Nadaun NP 0.00

Growth Growth Rate (Rural) 1991-01 2001-11 Total 12 Nadaun 24.60 21.21 Source: Census of India, 2011 Hamirpur 10.68 10.41

Figure 6-2: Decadal Growth Rate (Rural Area) Out of the eleven mohals outside Nagar Source: Census of India, 1991, 2001 and 2011 Panchayat Area, Bela has the highest population of 2347 followed by Tillu Khas (649) Nadaun Planning Area has a decadal growth and Bharmoti Kalan (526). The least populated rate of 12.68% which is more than the district villages are Harmandir Rukwalan (population average of 10.20% from 2001 to 2011. The 100), Gagaal (population 251) and Tillu growth rate of Nadaun Planning Area is more Paratham (population 335). Refer Table 6-5 for than the district averages of both the decades village wise population distribution in the (1991-01 and 2001-11). The growth rate has planning area. drastically come down from 25.58 in 1991- 2001 to 12.68 in 2001-2011. This is the Table 6-5: Population Distribution in Nadaun Planning exclusive effect of natural population growth in Area the planning area. Nagar Population CAGR Panchayat/ 30.00 1991 2001 2011 (01-11) 25.00 Village Name 20.00 Nadaur NP 3379 4405 4430 0.06 15.00 Bela 1481 1856 2347 2.37 10.00 Kuthar 243 289 356 2.11 5.00 Harmandir 322 385 458 1.75 Growth Growth Rate (%) 0.00 Mandiala 1991-2001 2001-2011 Nadaun PA 25.58 12.68 Tillu Khas 481 461 649 3.48 Hamirpur 11.80 10.19 Tillu Pratham - 159 335 7.74 D.P.F. Tillu - 4 46 27.66 Figure 6-3: Growth Rate of Nadaun Planning Area Source: Census of India, 1991, 2001 and 2011 D.P.F. Kuthar - - - - Bharmoti 403 470 526 1.13 6.2.2 Population Distribution Kalan Jalari 421 486 494 0.16 Apart from Nadaun town, theNadaun Planning Saunkhlan Area comprises of 11 surrounding revenue

Page | 20 Nadaun Demography and Urbanisatioon

Nagar Population 6.2.5 Scheduled Caste and Scheduled CAGR Panchayat/ Tribe Population (01-11) Village Name 1991 2001 2011 Harmandir 129 141 100 -3.38 Out of the total population of Nadaun Planning Rukwalan (part) Area, 15% of the people belong to Scheduled Gagaal 216 229 251 0.92 Caste category which is less than the district Total 7075 8885 9912 1.74 average i.e. 24% as per Census 2011. There has Source: Census of India, 1991, 2011 and 2011 been a very minimal decrease of Scheduled 6.2.3 Sex Ratio Caste population from 16% in 2001 to 15% in As per the Census of India 2011, Nadaun town 2011, in a span of ten years. has a sex ratio of 955 females per 1000 male Out of the total SC population in the planning which is more than the district urban sex ratio area, more than 1/3rd proportion i.e. 34% of 925. The sex ratio has slightly decreased reside in the Nadaun town whereas rest 66% is from 958 females per 1000 male in 2001 to 955 distributed in the remaining rural areas of the females per 1000 male in 2011. Planning area. There are 996 females per 1000 males in In case of Scheduled Tribe population, there Nadaun Planning Area which is lesser than the are only 59 people belonging to that category district average i.e. 1095 females per 1000 which accounts to 0.59% of the total males but more than the state average i.e. 972 population of Planning Area as per Census in 2011. The sex ratio of the planning area has 2011. Out of total 59 ST people, 54 reside in the also decreased from 1018 in 2001 to 996 in urban area and rest 5 reside in Tillu Pratham 2011 in planning area. Area.

6.2.4 Age-Sex Composition A study of the Age Sex Composition of Nadaun Town reveals that the age group 05-25 i.e., the Younger age group is highest in the town. The age-sex pyramid of Nadaun Town shows that Nadaun is a developing town with broader base Figure 6-5: SC distribution in Planning Area Source: Census of India, 2011 (more youth population) and tapping penacle

(less elderly population). 6.2.6 Literacy Rate

80+ According to UNESCO, increasing literacy rate Females among the population empowers people along 70-74 Males with development of the self-esteem. The 60-64 empowering potential of literacy can translate 50-54 into increased political participation of people

40-44 Age which in turn helps in decision making for 30-34 administrative, institutional and financial purposes. 20-24

10-14 The overall literacy rate of the Planning Area is 0-4 91% which is higher than the district average Percentage of Population 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 i.e. 88% in 2011. The male literacy rate is 95% Figure 6-4: Age-Sex Composition whereas the female literacy rate is 86% Source: Census of India according to the Census of India, 2011. There is

Page | 21 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun a sharp increase in literacy rate in planning area expected to be in the range of 15,000 to 20,000 from 87% in 2001 to 91% in 2011. by the year 2036. According the population of Nadaun town is expected to be in the range of The literacy rate in Nadaun NP is 92% whereas 7,500 to 10,000 by the same year it is 90% in case of the remaing areas of the 6.3.1 Population Projection planning area in 2011. Five population projection methods have been employed to forecast the probable increase of population in the Nadaun Planning Area for next twenty years i.e. up to 2036. The five Projection methods are as follows: -  Arithmetic Increase  Geometric Increase

 Incremental Increase Figure 6-6: Literacy rate in Nadaun Planning Area  Compound Annual Growth Rate Source: Census of India, 2001 and 2011  Exponential Increase 6.2.7 Population Density The forecasted population from the five Nadaun Nagar Panchayat Area has a methods lies in the range of 13,000 to 18,000. population density of 19 persons per hectare The Table 6-6, below shows the Population which is more than the district urban average Projection by the five different methods of i.e. 10 persons per hectare in 2011. The projection. population density is stagnant since the last decade from 18.8 pph in 2001 to 19 pph in As the population projected by the arithmetic 2011. increase and incremental increase are very low and that by geometric and exponential growth The population density of the Planning Area is method are moderate. The projected 11 pph in 2011 which is more than the district population by CAGR method being more average i.e. 4 pph. The population density has appropriate to be adopted. marginally increased from 10 pph in 2001 to 11 pph in 2011. According to the URDPFI Hence, the projected population for Nadaun Guidelines, the area falls under very low- Planning Area for the year of 2036 is estimated density area. to be 17,501 approximately at a growth rate of 2.3%. Population Forecast The population of Nadaun Planning Area is

Table 6-6: Population Projections for Nadaun Planning Area by five different methods Population Forecasting Method 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 Arithmetic Increase 10721 11451 12180 12909 13638 Incremental Increase 10458 10748 10862 10800 10563 Compound Average Growth Rate 11106 12443 13941 15620 17501 Geometric Increase 10901 11893 12974 14155 15442 Exponential Increase 10988 12083 13287 14611 16067 Source: Projected by Voyants

Page | 22 Nadaun Population Projection and Settlement Pattern

20000 18000 16000 14000 Arithmatical 12000 Incremental 10000 CAGR 8000 Geometric 6000 Exponential 4000 2000 0 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036

Figure 6-7: Population Projections for Nadaun Planning area by five different methods Source: Projected by Voyants

For village wise composition of the projected planning area is anticipated to grow at their population of Nadaun Planning Area, it is natural growth rate of nearly 1%. anticipated that Nadaun adjacent villages of Bela and Tillu Pratham will grow at a growth Error! Reference source not found., shows the rate of 3.55% due to the urbanisation of two distribution of projected population in various adjoining villages whereas, the rest of the revenue villages in the Nadaun Planning area.

Table 6-7: Village-wise Urban and Rural Composition of the Projected Population Planning Area 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 Nadaur N P 4430 4740 5072 5427 5807 6214 Bela - 122 642 1552 2657 3816 Tillu Pratham - 358 383 410 439 470 Kuthar 356 427 512 614 737 903 Bharmoti Kalan 526 631 757 909 1091 1336 Jalari Saunkhlan 494 593 712 855 1026 1257 Harmandir Mandiala 458 550 660 792 951 1165 Harmandir Rukwalan (partly) 20 24 29 35 42 52 Tillu Khas 649 779 935 1122 1347 1650 Gagaal 251 301 361 434 521 638 Bela 2347 2581 2380 1791 1001 - Tillu Pratham 335 - - - - - DPF Tillu 46 - - - - - DPF Kuthar ------Total 9912 11106 12443 13941 15620 17501 Source: Projection by Voyants, Gurugram, 2017 Settlement Pattern

6.4.1 Existing Settlement Pattern theory can’t be adopted in this case as those Christaller’s Central Place theory has been values were set by assuming the surface of the considered as the basis for determining the ideal region would be flat and have no physical existing settlement pattern of the Nadaun barriers, whereas the planning area lies in a Planning Area. The principle values of the hilly region having undulated land with physical

Page | 23 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun constraints. In order to find out the settlement social and communication facilities) have been pattern in the planning area, facilities & weighted based on their availability within the services available in the planning areas have settlements. The weightages of these been considered as the functionality of the indicators are presented in Table 6-8 settlements. These indicators (i.e. the physical,

Table 6-8: Indicators and their Weightages Weights 6 5 4 3 2 1 Physical Water Sewer Drainage Infrastructure Road S.W.M Power supply supply Network Network Indicators Medical Family Community Primary Primary Health Sub Facilities Hospital Dispensary welfare/ Health Health Centre Indicators Maternity and Centre Centre Educational Senior child welfare Degree Secondary Middle Primary Pre-Primary School Facilities Secondary College School School School (Nursery/LKG/UKG) Indicators School Communication Mobile Private Internet Cafes / Facilities Phone Courier Common Service Indicators Coverage Facility Centre (CSC) Source: Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Table 6-9 shows the functional index and the rankings of town and villages as per their facilities & services availability.

Table 6-9: Functional Index Physical Communi Trans Medical Education Functio Town / Popula- Infrastructure -cation porta- Weighted Weighted nal Ranking Village Name tion Weighted Weighted tion Score Score Index Score Score Index Weightages - 5 4 3 2 1 - - Nadaun Town 4430 21 10 20 6 6 223 1 Bela 2347 14.5 1 4.5 6 3 105 2 Kuthar 356 14.5 0 2 6 3 93.5 3 Tillu Pratham 335 14.5 0 0.5 6 3 89 4 Bharmoti 526 14.5 0 0 6 3 87.5 5 Kalan Jalari 494 9.5 0 4 9 3 80.5 6 Saunkhlan Tillu Khas 649 14.5 0 1 1 3 80.5 7 D.P.F. Tillu 46 14.5 0 1 1 3 80.5 8 Harmandir 458 9.5 0 3 6 3 71.5 9 Mandiala Gaggal 251 9.5 1 0 6 3 66.5 10 Harmandir 120 9.5 0 0 1 3 52.5 11 Rukwalan D.P.F. Kuthar 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 Source: Estimated by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Page | 24 Nadaun Demography and Urbanisatioon

6.4.2 Proposed Settlement Hierarchy become a part of the urban agglomeration as and Facilities for 2036 they are in the vicinity of the Nadaun town. Settlement planning at the sub-regional level Some more growth centres like Tillu Khas shall be linked with on-going development (1082), Jalari Saunkhlan (823), Kuthar (593) will process in the region and shall focus on also grow after 20 years as they have high integration with socio-economic development. infrastructure facilities which will grow with Hamirpur is a regional trade and educational time. centre, increasing trade and commercial activities with potential for allied agro/forest based industries in the vicinity have strong The following shall be the suggested bearing on its future growth hence Nadaun will Settlement Pattern on the basis of population: also come under its influence, which will trigger the economic activity and trade between the a) Nadaun with Urban Extension cities and region. Urban Extension is the first order hierarchy

Balanced settlement development strategy is settlements. The proposed populations for essential for envisaged economic growth of the urban area are 10,000-50,000. This urban area region and the planning area. shall be a small town having linkages with immediate rural hinterlands. This urban area Above objective can be achieved, if the would cater to the rural hinterland as agro- following points are kept in view: service centre in the collection and distribution  A balance, well-knit pattern of of agricultural goods and services. settlements system. These areas would work, as a nodal centre of  Evenly distribution of infrastructure resource based activity centre, trade and facilities. commerce, administration, etc. The centre  A road network system connecting would have adequate infrastructure facilities higher order settlements with lower with adequate resources in quantity and order. quality.  Evenly distributed, economic centre for balance economic development sub- Hence the proposed urban area in the Nadaun region. Planning area will consist of Nadaun Town with  Transport network. two villages, Bela and Tillu Pratham.

b) Growth Centres As per the Christallers’ Centre Place theory, The Growth Centre seeks to bridge the rural “Settlements that provide more goods and urban divide. The proposed populations for services than the other places are called Growth Centre are 5,000-10,000. Sub-cities are higher-order central places”. So, higher the the higher order village having central location functional Index, the higher are the number of and potential for development within its facilities & services in the settlement. Hence, catchment area, with relatively better services higher is the order of the settlement. and facilities in terms of education, health,

communication, accessibility. As the only growth centre in the planning area Table 6-10: Proposed Growth Centre in NPA is Nadaun town, hence it will be going to S. No. Proposed Growth Centre become the only urban centre for the whole 1 Kuthar planning region. With Nadaun as a centre, Bela 2 Tillu Khas and Tillu Pratham with projected population 3 Jalari Saunkhlan after 20 years 4137 and 558 respectively, will Estimation by VSPL, Gurgaon

Page | 25 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun c) Basic Village like link roads, water supply, electricity and All other villages have been identified as basic some basic social infrastructure. villages and will be provided with basic facilities Table 6-11: Proposed Settlement Hierarchy and Proposed Facilities in Nadaun Planning Area - 2036 Catchment Total Settlement Education Road Level range population Health Recreation Shopping Level facility connectivity (in Km) served Shopping Maternity and Recreationa Road Nadaun with Vocational centre/ 10,000- Family l spaces/ connectivity to 1 Urban 10 to 15 training/ Community 50,000 Welfare Play other villages & Extension Polytechnic welfare Centre grounds Growth centres centre Dispensary/ Road Growth Centre Primary Mela health sub connectivity - Tillu Khas 5,000- school/ ground/ Informal 5 to 10 centre/ from the Town - Kuthar 10,000 Secondary cremation Bazaar family welfare to the Basic - Jalari school ground 2 centre villages Basic Village - Kalan Pre- Dispensary/ Basic - Mandala Within the Primary and Daily need All weather < 5,000 health sub community - Rukwalan village Primary shop pucca road centre space - DPG Tillu school 3 - Gaggal Source: Proposed by Voyants, Gurgaon based on URDPFI Guidelines, 2017

Figure 6-8: Proposed Settlement Pattern Source: Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Zone Delineation zone boundaries are delineated based on administrative boundaries, roads and natural features. The For the purpose of planning and balanced development Table 6-12 gives the details of each zone. the planning area is divided into four planning zones. The

Page | 26 Nadaun Demography and Urbanisatioon

From the figure, it can be inferred that almost For quantifying the area for various land uses 75% of the proposed population will come up and for the calculation of infrastructure in Zone A & Zone B where most of the requirements, the population for each zone is population resides presently. projected based on the same growth rates.

Table 6-12: Planning Zone Delineation AREA in POPULATION POPULATION ZONES AREA COVERED Ha 2011 2036 Zone A Kot, Seri, Doli Gharan, Nagarada 231.47 4430 6214 Zone B Bela, Tillu Pratham 207.26 2682 4286 Zone C Jalari, Gaggal, Tillu Khas, DPF Tillu 220.38 1440 3545 Zone D Kuthar, DPF Kuthar, Bharmoti Kalan, Harmandir 238.28 1360 3456 Mandiala, Harmandir Rukwalan TOTAL 897.39 9912 17501 Source: Proposed by Voyants

Figure 6-9: Zone Boundary Delineation Source: Proposed by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Page | 27 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Existing Population Additional Population till 2036 7,000

6,000 1,784 5,000

4,000 1,604 3,000 2,105 2,096 2,000 4,430 2,682 1,000 1,440 1,360 0 Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D

Figure 6-10: Zone wise Additional Population Source: Proposed by Voyants based on the population projections

Page | 28 Nadaun Economic Base, Employment and Work Areas

7 Economic Base and Employment the States/UTs, highest worker population Economic Base ratio for females in the rural sector was in 7.1.1 Workforce Participation Rate Himachal Pradesh at 52.4% in 2011. (Census of India). The female participation is maximum as The total number of workers in the Planning the marginal workers. Area is 4544 (2011 Census). The Work Participation Rate (WPR) is 46% which is lower 100% than the district average i.e. 53% in 2011. The 80% WPR has significantly increased from 32% in 60% 40%

2001 to 46% in 2011 which is more than the Percentage district average increase. The workforce 20% participation in Nadaun NP is 43% whereas that 0% 2001 2011 in the rest of the planning area is 48%. Male Female

Figure 7-1: Gender Wise Distribution Occupational Pattern Source: Census of India, 2001 and 2011

7.2.1 Main and Marginal Workers 7.2.3 Sector distribution The total workers are distributed into main and Out of the total worker in the planning area, marginal works. Increase in marginal workers maximum workers (56.64%) are engaged in in a region indicates a poor trend of economic tertiary activities as the town is located along growth. In case of Nadaun Planning Area, the highways and has prosperity in trading. Nadaun town has 59% (1142) of main workers After tertiary, second priority sector is primary and 41% (779) marginal workers in 2011 sector with 41.64% peoples’ engagement in whereas the rest of the planning area have 72% farming and forestry activities due to its (1896) of main workers and 28% (727) of predominant rural character. Negligible marginal workers. Nadaun has a large informal numbers of people (1.72%) are engaged in sector as well which is why the town area has secondary sector, comprised of micro scale more of marginal workers. Marginal workers units. have increased from 30% in 2001 to 33% in 2011.

7.2.2 Gender Wise Distribution Out of the total workers, 59% are male and 41% are female in 2011. The percentage share of women participation has increased from 30% in 2001 to 41% in 2011 but comparing with the district average, female participation is less than the district average i.e. 51% in 2011.

Figure 7-2: Workers Distribution In hill states, women participate more in Source: Census of India, 2011 earning than any other states in India. Among

Page | 29 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

7.2.3.1 Sector-wise Male-Female are shifting from primary sector to other Distribution sectors for the employment purposes. In spite Among the three economic sectors, women of the above-mentioned fact, it is very participation is very high in primary sector i.e. important to study the primary sector rest of 72% in 2011 which is more than the national sectors are directly or indirectly depend on average of women participation (almost 65%) this. in primary sector. Secondary and tertiary sectors have women participation rate of 26% 7.2.4.1.1 Agriculture and 19% respectively (National Averages: 6% and 30% respectively). The women work Agriculture is one of the main occupations of participation in tertiary sector is very low (19%) people in Nadaun Planning Area. Out of the due to higher the rural population base in the total primary workers 85% are engaged in planning area (55%). agricultural activities. The sub-humid sub- tropical climate along with sandy loam soil 4500 favour cultivation of any crops in the region. 4000 3500 The main cultivated crops are maize (75%) and 3000 paddy (25%) during Kharif season and wheat 2500 during Rabi season. Farmers having irrigated 2000 1500 land, switched to cash crop farming like fruits Number Number of Persons 1000 and vegetables. 500 0 Primary Secondary Tertiary The total cultivable land available in the Male Female planning area is 341 ha which accounts almost Figure 7-3: Sector wise Male-Female Workers 38% of the total land of Nadaun Planning Area. Source: Census of India, 2011 The amount of cultivable land in the planning 7.2.4 Sector wise analysis area is less than the block average (Nadaun Block) i.e. 59%. Out of 341 ha, 334 ha (98%) is The sector wise analysis is very important to under agricultural use and 6.89 ha. (2%) is understand the potential economic sector in under horticultural use. the planning area and proposals to be

formulated for strengthening the same. The total irrigated area to total cultivated area

is 34% which is more than the district average. 7.2.4.1 Primary Sector The main irrigation sources are khads and the As it has already been discussed that the Beas River. second most important economic sector is the primary sector in terms of the work From the figure, it is evident that the participation rate (42%). Primary sector is the agricultural lands are distributed uniformly in second important sector in terms of the GDDP the entire planning area. The patches are share during the last decade as well. Out of the mainly seen near Maan khad and the river. The total GDDP share, primary sector shared 19% soil at those places are lose and porous which during 2000-01 FY. The share of primary sector is suitable for cultivation. in GDDP, has decreased over the period of time. During 2005-06 the share of primary In terms of production and trade, maize is the sector fell to 14% and during 2009-10 to 11%. main crop which is produced largely in the area This is clear from the above data that people and in the district as well.

Page | 30 Nadaun Economic Base, Employment and Work Areas

Figure 7-4: Agricultural Area in Nadaun Planning Area Source: AGiSAC Base Map 2015

The maize production has been increased from 7.2.4.1.2 Horticulture 13-15 quintals per hectare in 2011 to 18-20 The main horticultural crop in the region is quintals per hectare in 2015. The growth in citrus fruits like oranges, lemons, amla etc. maize production is almost same as the district other than the citrus fruits, mangoes and galgal average growth. Simultaneously, the are produced in the region. Out of the total production of wheat has also been increased cultivable area in Nadaun Planning Area, only from 15-16 quintals per hectare in 2011 to 20- 2% area is under the horticultural use. Area 23 quintals per hectare in 2015. under horticultural use in Nadaun block is 1040 Very little amount of vegetable is also ha out of which 6.89 ha (0.67%) is inside the produced in the area but that is for local level Planning Area. The horticultural production in use only which is why the record is not the block is as follows: available. There is no surplus remains which Table 7-1: Production of Horticultural Crops can be traded further. Year Production (MT) 2011-12 65 A small local level mandi functions from 2012-13 70 Nadaun town where the trading items are 2013-14 80 maize and wheat. The market rate of maize is 2014-15 68 800-1000 rupees/ quintals whereas for wheat 2015-16 100 it is 1500 rupees/ quintals.20 Source: Department of Horticulture, Block Development Office, Nadaun Block, Hamirpur

20 Agriculture Department, Block Development Office, Nadaun Block, Hamirpur

Page | 31 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

The production of horticulture crops in the block is showing an upward trend from 2011- 12. During 2014-15, the production has gone down due to the natural calamities in the area. After that the growth has improved in the next year.

7.2.4.2 Secondary Sector Figure 7-5: Share of Activities in Tertiary Sector Secondary sector is the least prioritized sector Source: Economic Survey, 2005-06 in Nadaun Planning Area in terms of work participation rate and GDDP share. Secondary Most of the employed people in Nadaun sector shares only 3.5% of the total GDDP in Planning area are engaged in Private services 2000-01 which has decreased to 3.2% during (43%) or own Business (43%), and rest of the 2005-06. Since 2005-06 the share of secondary people (14%) are engaged in govt. services. in total GDDP has decreased to 3% (assumed) (According to the 5% sample survey in the in 2009-10. This continuous drop of share in planning area). district’s GDDP amount clearly indicates that the sector is not a growing sector in this region. In case of Nadaun, some micro scale repair units are functioning at the local level which are not even considered in terms of economic development. Figure 7-6: Occupation Structure of Employed People 7.2.4.3 Tertiary Sector Source: Field/Primary Survey

Tertiary sector or the service sector is the most From the above analysis, it can be depicted that important sector in the planning area in terms the main priority sector is the tertiary sector of work participation rate and share in GDDP which generates maximum district domestic amount. In terms of GDDP share, tertiary product and more than 50% of the people are sector has the maximum percentage share in engaged in various service sector related the total GDDP since 1999-00. activities.

The share of tertiary sector in 2000-01 was 78% 7.2.5 Occupational Structure of the total GDDP of Hamirpur district which To understand the level of economic have increased to 84% in 2005-06 and to 87% development in any region, the (assumed) in 2009-10. This indicates that comprehension of occupational structure is tertiary sector is the most important sector in very important. terms of its annual growth in GDDP share and work participation rate. Most of the workers (56%) are engaged in the tertiary sector activities as the town is located In case of Hamirpur district, the main tertiary along the highways and has a prosperity in activities are constructions (54%), trade and trading as well. after the primary sector, hotels (16%), banking facilities (11%), public second priority sector is the primary sector administration (10%) and Transportation (7%). where 42% of the people are engaged in farming and forestry activities. Only 2% of working population is engaged in the secondary sector viz, repairing works as there

Page | 32 Nadaun Economic Base, Employment and Work Areas

are no manufacturing industries in the Planning respondents (38%) have the income level Area. between 5000 to 10000 rupees per month. A Table 7-2: Occupational Classification of Nadaun person with up to 5000 rupees per month Percentage Sector Occupation income level constitutes 34% of the total of Workers Primary Agriculture, Forestry earning sample population. As 72% of the total 42 42 Sector & Fishing earning population lie within the two income Secondar Manufacturing and 2 2 groups i.e, upto 10000 rupees per month, it is y Sector Repairs in consonance with the per capita income of Construction 30 Activity the state i.e, Rs. 51730 in 2012-13. Trade and Hotels 10 Tertiary Banking Facilities 6 56 Sector Public 6 Administration Transportation & 4 Communication Source: Census of India, 2011, Economic Survey, 2005-06

7.2.6 Local market and convenience Figure 7-7: Income Structure Nadaun is known as the ‘pattan’ town Source: Primary Survey specialized in trading activities. There are two markets in Nadaun. One is the old market area Employment Generation which is sited at the heart of the town and Creating jobs is a keystone of any economic another one is the new market which has been recovery program. Many activities can fall set up near the bus stand. The old market area under the rubric of job creation, including is basically a whole sale market specializing in immediate short-term opportunities that yield wedding ceremony related articles/ items, quick impact, or the development of more clothes, shoes etc. whereas the new market enduring livelihoods in the civil service or deals in items related to modern day to day private sector. It is important to distinguish articles like electronics, mobiles, hardware, between these different activities, recognizing electrical apart from eateries and general that sustainability and long-term impact should grocery shops. be duly considered in implementing any employment generation program. Providing In order to cater to the transit people arriving jobs is vital on many levels. at the Nadaun bus stand, there are a couple of restaurants and sweet shops in bus stand area Considering that the Development Plan will of the new market area also. boost the economic activities within the Planning area and create more opportunities 7.2.7 Income Structure for work, the Planning area will have a substantially higher WPR i.e. 51% till 2036. Income structure helps us to understand the Thus, the worker population in 2036 will be range of people’s income in a region. It helps us 8926. to comprehend about the economic capability or purchasing power of the people. A break-up of the employment generated in each sector has been worked out in the The figure 7.9 shows that maximum following table.

Page | 33 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table.7-3: Proposed Occupational Classification of Nadaun Number Percentage of Sector Occupation of Workers Workers Primary sector Agriculture, Forestry & Fishing 3125 35 35 Light Industries and Composite use zone 446 5 Secondary Sector 10 Agro- based industries 446 5 Construction Industry 1339 15 Govt. offices 893 10 Institutional areas 446 5 Tertiary Sector CBD 446 5 55 Wholesale Trade (Integrated Freight Complex) 893 10 Transportation Hub 446 5 Retail Sector 446 5 TOTAL 8926 100 Source: Proposed by Voyants based on Analysis and Trend

Table 7-4: Zone Wise Activity / Use Distribution Zone Population Proposed Use / Activities Zone A 6214 CBD+Logistic Hub+Residential sectors+weekly market Zone B 4286 Knowledge Park+Agro based industries+Institutional housing+ Residential sectors Zone C 3545 Eco-tourism+small scale industries Zone D 3456 Public-Semi Public+Mixed use zone+Agricultural zone Source: Proposed by Voyants based on the population projections

Proposed Work Areas sectors which is proposed to increase the Economy. As Hamirpur is the major educational Hub of the District as well as the State, it is envisaged 7.4.2 Educational Hub/Knowledge Park a small IT/ITeS industrial technology park be The key focus here is on innovation, research, established in Nadaun considering its flat entrepreneurship and accelerating regional topography and geographical location (only 30 economic development: - km from Hamirpur) 1. Knowledge Parks are typically developed in association with 7.4.1 Light & Service Industries universities as a mechanism for facilitating collaborative research. The town needs an industrial base presently a 2. Knowledge Parks accelerate Small & very limited number of service industries Medium Enterprises (SME) expansion constitute the industrial sector of Nadaun. by providing easy access to resources, including business services, training Nadaun broad region would provide the skilled and access to institutional research. labour force required for IT/ITeS industries. 3. Most Knowledge Parks are focused on and the skilled, unskilled and semi-skilled technology deployment and “rapid labour required for agro as well as other light commercialization”. and service industries. Light flatted group The knowledge hub thrives on its strength of industries shall be permitted in the area scaling the new and emerging areas of demarcated for industries. Industries like Agro- technology and on its capabilities of integrating based, Fisheries and Dairy processing, science and technology together for propelling Furniture making, Engineering Products the growth of knowledge industry. In this /Repair and Maintenance, IT/ITeS etc. are the regard, it is proposed to identify the following areas of interest for the Knowledge Park. They

Page | 34 Nadaun Economic Base, Employment and Work Areas

are Agricultural University, Tourism Sector the economy as Nadaun fish and its and Hotel Management Sector. preparation is very famous in the region.

All around the world, Knowledge Parks are emerging in the quest for sustainable growth 7.4.5 Retail and economic development for cities, regions, Retail shopping areas are necessary for countries, and enterprises. creating an image for any town. Presently there The Development Plan proposes to develop a are no organized retail areas in the planning 4.0 ha of Knowledge Park which is proposed in area. To accommodate the required shopping, Bela village. It will become an educational hub commercial offices, and other activities like for the entire region and attracts the cinema, hotel and related facilities, the employment opportunity as well. following five-tier system of commercial development is there for a town but we are 7.4.3 Government Functions proposing a three-tier system of commercial 6% of the people are engaged in the development in the Development Plan. Government activities and it is projected that it Level I Town level will increase to 10% in the near future hence Level II Community level there will be a requirement for 898 people in Level III Neighbourhood level this sector. 7.4.5.1 Level I –CBD

The Government Offices and the Civic corridor One Central Business Centers is envisaged and are the important employment generating strategically located to serve the town; a new activities. Town-level magnet is proposed to be developed at Tillu Pratham village. It will be developed on 5.7 ha of land (2.3 for 7.4.4 Mandi/ Wholesale complex commercial and 3.4 ha for public semipublic A mandi or whole-sale trade complex is use). proposed at the junction of NH-3 and MDR-36. 7.4.5.2 Level II –Community Centre The Development Plan proposes to develop a 0.5 ha new Mandi Complex including The Community centers are major shopping Wholesale Markets at Jalari This location complexes, which will be serving for provides appropriate linkages for the incoming reasonable selection of shops, Weekly goods, outgoing goods and distribution of Markets, Post office, Dispensary, Petrol Pump, wholesale goods in the town. A Vegetable pack are also the centers of socio-cultural activities house, Cattle Feed Godown and a Cold Storage where the people get together. One is also proposed in the town by TCPD under Community Center have been proposed in the Annual Administrative Report (2014-15). Development Plan for a population of 15,000 of an area of about 0.50 hectares. For the activities to be included in community center This will include other Central Area activities refer to the table below. closely related to trade like financial institutions, administrative services, business 7.4.5.3 Level III – Neighborhood shopping entrepreneurship, physical and social centers infrastructure facilities and services, people Within the residential land use, in new related retail market facilities like eating places developments, two categories of shopping and other conveniences. centers shall be provided:  Sector-level shopping centre-45 to 50 A Fish Market is proposed at a presently shops for a population of 5000 persons. location of Vegetable Mandi near the  Convenient shopping centre-10 to 15 tehsildar’s office in the town. This will boost shops for a population of 1000 persons.

Page | 35 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 7-5: Activities allowed in the five-tier system of commercial areas Func. LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III Pop. 1,00,000 10,000 5,000 Area 5 Ha 0.50 Ha 0.15 Ha Central District Centre Community center Neighbourhood center Shopping (Retail Service, Repair & Shopping (Retail Service, Shopping Retail Service, limited Wholesale) Informal Shopping, Commercial Offices, Repair Informal Shops, Commercial Offices, Cinema, Hotel, Cinema, Hotel, Guest Commercial Offices. Guest House, Nursing Home. Service House, Nursing Home). Community Hall. Electric Industries: Auditorium, Museum, Post office, Dispensary, Sub-Station Conveniences. Library, Science Centre, Petrol Pump (filling Station Art/Craft/Music/ Dance School, only) Facility corridor Craft/Mela/Book Bazaar, Weekly which have Weekly Markets (on close days), Local Markets (on close days), Government Offices. Bus Terminal, Repair Informal Shopping, Fire Post, Police Post, Telephone Electric Sub-Station Exchange, Electric Sub Station, Post Conveniences, Library. and Telegraph Office, Petrol Pump Conveniences Residential. Source: Proposed by Voyants based on URDPFI Guideline, 2015

7.4.5.4 Informal sector 11. Industrial development The informal sector trade and services are In all the above developments, 1% of the total scattered within the Planning area. The informal sector units locate themselves area shall be reserved for informal sector/ strategically near work centers, commercial vendor market development. This area shall areas, outside the boundaries of schools, have temporary construction not to be colleges and hospitals, transport nodes and included in coverage and FAR. At appropriate near large housing clusters. It is proposed to locations, reservations shall be made for night integrate the informal sector in trade and shelters. services in the planned development. This would be appropriately incorporated in the Thus, the Development Plan makes provision following developments: for the informal service sector spread over the 1. Community Centre town. Attractive design shall be prepared for 2. Neighbourhood Shopping Centre the space for stationary and mobile vending. 3. Convenience Shopping Centre 4. Integrated Freight Complex 7.4.5.5 Weekly markets 5. Hospital The weekly markets and haats are a vital 6. Bus terminal/Depot characteristic of Indian cities and have a sense 7. Primary/Secondary/Senior rich cultural identity attached to them. Spaces Secondary/Integrated Schools shall be allotted for weekly markets in the CBD 8. Parks Area. 9. Town/District/Community/Neighbourhoo Site with an area of about 0.4 Ha for weekly d Parks markets is included in the town level i.e., one 10. Residential developments for every one lakh population

Figure 7-8: Informal Sector Source: Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Page | 36 Nadaun Housing

8 Housing Introduction The Population of Nadaun Planning Area as in area a 5% household survey was conducted in census 2011 is 9,912 and the number of February 2016. 111 household were surveyed. Households is 2219. To understand the housing Apart from socio-economic aspect housing condition and situation of Nadaun Planning charecteristics were also surveyed.

Figure 8-1: Settlements in the Planning Area Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

Page | 37 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Household Size Nadaun Planning Area has a household size of 4.5 as per Census of India, 2011. Table 8-1 shows that the household size has decreased from 5.2 in 1991 to 4.5 in 2011.

Table 8-1: Year wise population in the Planning Area Year 1991 2001 2011 Population 7075 8885 9912 Figure 8-2: Condition of Houses No. of HH 1348 1804 2219 Source: Census 2011 HH size 5.2 4.9 4.5 Source: VSPL, Gurgaon Age of Structure According to the primary survey conducted Housing Typology 54% of the houses were built more than 20 There are majorly three type of housing years ago and only 23% of the houses are built typologies found in the planning area: less than 10 years ago. As Nadaun is a old town  Courtyard houses most of the houses are tradaitional and more  Row houses/ semi-detached houses than 20 years old.  Detached houses

The Nadaun town being an old settlement has majorly courtyard houses with no to minimal setback and large courtyard in the centre / towards the rear side used for agriculture, cattle sheds or for other household activities With the implementation of TCPD Rules, new houses or redevelopment of the old housing Figure 8-3 Age of Structure in Nadaun Planning Area stock is being constructed in the form of row Source: Primary Survey houses or semi-detached houses depending upon the area of the residential plot in the Structure use Nadaun town. The structure use pattern as categorized by The rest of the planning area mostly have detached houses apart from abadi areas where Census 2011 shows that, 98% of the total courtyard/ row houses and semi-detached houses in Nadaun are purely residential and houses can also be found. only 2% have residential cum other use. The residential cum other use structures are Condition of housing located in the old market area (Pattan Bazzar) Information on housing stock and its condition within the Nadaun town as well as along the reveals living condition of the people. There are National Highway. three levels that have been benchmarked to judge and understand the condition of census Type of structures houses namely good, liveable and dilapidated. As per census houses have been classified as As per Census 2011, 80% of the houses are in permanent, semi-permanent or temporary good condition, 14% are liveable and 5% are in based on the type of material use in dilapidated condition. There is a need of new construction of wall and roof. Nearly 68% housing stock to replace the dilapidated houses houses are of Permanent category, 23% houses and cater to the housing demand of the are of semi-permanent category and (9%) planning area. houses are of temporary category.

Page | 38 Nadaun Housing

Housing Size & Dwelling Rooms The quality of life of a person depends (among other factors) upon the size of dwelling unit available to them. The average household size in Nadaun Planning Area is 4.5 as per census 2011. According to the census 2011, 27% of the household live in 2 room dwelling unit. 20% Figure 8-4: Type of Structures Source: Census 2011 households live in 3 room dwelling unit. 15% households live in one room dwelling unit. As Building material used for the household size is 4.5, for good living conditions people should be living in two room construction dwelling unit. 15% of the households are living As per primary survey it is observed that about in smaller dwelling unit so these deprivations 75% households have RCC roof on their house; require urgent attention. nearly 20% have tiled roof and another 5% have ‘Grass’ thatch, etc., as the material for the roof. For wall, nearly 91% households have reported use of ‘Burnt brick’ and about 8% ‘Mud / unburnt brick’. Nearly 89% households have cement flooring and about 11% households have mud flooring.

Figure 8-8: Dwelling Unit Size Source: Census 2011

No. of Stories According to the primary survey most of the housing is plotted housing with average plot size ranging from 500 to 1000 square feet. The Figure 8-5: Material of Roof structures are predominantly ground floor Source: Primary Survey structures with few two-storey structures. Ownership Status As per Census 2011, 94% of the houses are owned and remaining 5% of the houses are occupied by tenants, this indicates most of the people of Nadaun are natives and permanent Figure 8-6 Material of Floor Source: Primary Survey residents of the town. As the in-migration is increasing in the planning area, there has been an increase in the demand for rental housing as per the primary survey.

Figure 8-7: Material of Wall Source: Primary Survey

Page | 39 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

8.12.4 Safety and Security There is one police station in Nadaun Nagar Panchayat Area. There is no fire-fighting stations inside the planning area. The fire- fighting station is located almost 30km from the planning area. No such Disaster management cell is operational in Nadaun Sub- Figure 8-9: Ownership Status division. Source: Census 2011 8.12.5 Parks and Playgrounds Housing Infrastructure There is one State Level Govt. cricket stadium A study of all aspects of the town were carried known as Atal Bihari Vajpeyee Stadium in out in order to ascertain the areas of stress Nadaun. It is one of the largest stadium in within the cities in all aspects of housing, viz, North India. There is no designated park and shelter, infrastructure and amenities. play grounds in Nadaun and its surroundings. 8.12.1 Education 8.12.6 Other Facilities The area has enough pre-primary, primary, Nadaun Nagar Panchayat has the sub-divisional middle and senior secondary school spread Post office. There are five national bank across the planning area. There is also one branches in Nadaun Town. Other than that, degree college in the planning area. The area is one co-operative bank, two Agricultural Credit self-sufficient with all the educational assets Societies and four Non-Agricultural Credit which can cater to the future population of the Societies are there in the planning area. near future also. Considering location of these facilities with 8.12.2 Health respect to the various residential areas. There are three dispensaries and one hospital Informal Housing in Nadaun Nagar Panchayat Area. There are no primary health centres in any of the villages Informal Housing comprises of sub-standard inside of planning area. Medical facilities are housing units constructed on land that the not good in terms of its quality and satisfaction occupants have no legal claim to, or occupy level of the local people. illegally. The condition within these informal 8.12.3 Commercial housing is characterized as housing with poor environmental and unhealthy living conditions Nadaun town historically being a trading centre unfit for human habitation. These have general has commercial-cum-mixed use within the old tendency to be located on Government lands town. Commercial activities have also spread that are mostly vacant and unattended, while along the major spine within the present being closer to their place of work. Nadaun town as well as along the National highway. Apart from the major commercial There are a few pockets of squatter facilities, the local shopping facilities are settlements in Nadaun. One in Tillu Pratham available within the residential areas to meet along the NH-3 and the other in Kot along the the daily needs of the people. Beas River. As per Census 2011, there are nearly 446 slum households in Nadaun Nagar Panchayat residing in 446 houses.

Page | 40 Nadaun Housing

Issues and Concerns Table 8-3 gives the details of housing needs every five years and shows the housing need  Proper planning provisions should be taken zone wise.

for housing while taking urban land use Table 8-3: Year wise Housing Need suitability into account. Additional Additional Housing YEAR Population HH Need  Old town areas are on stress and there is a 2016 1194 265 576 need to decongest these areas through 2021 2531 297 297 proper planning. 2026 4029 333 333  There is a need for integrated planning for 2031 5707 373 373 2036 7589 418 418 slums. TOTAL 1699 2010 Source: Estimation by Voyants, Gurugram, 2017 Housing Need Table 8-4: Zone wise Housing Need The demand of housing in the year 2036 is Zone Population Housing Need calculated on the basis of projected Zone A 1784 535 population, household size and current Zone B 1604 440 housing shortage. The Development Plan Zone C 2105 513 proposes to facilitate the provision of a fully Zone D 2096 509 serviced dwelling unit for each family and Total 7589 1997 reduce the gap between housing shortage and Source: Estimation by Voyants, Gurugram, 2017 supply through suitable measures. Housing Strategy Table 8-2: Housing Forecast Population 2011 9,912 Population 2036 17,501 Planning norms, land use zoning, density, FAR, Additional Population 2036 7,589 and building controls have been reviewed for Household Size 4.5 housing, both in new areas to be opened up Additional Housing Need 1,686 and for redevelopment of existing areas. In the Present Housing Shortage - Due to 311 context of housing strategy, it is essential to Dilapidated and Temporary Structures optimise utilization of land and space with a Total Housing Need 1,997 view to increasing net residential density. The Source: Estimation by Voyants, Gurugram, 2017 policy should indicate that EWS & LIG houses after construction by a private group shall be The forecast has been based on the following handed over to the nodal agency / agencies assumptions: and these should be allotted to eligible 1. Anticipated population growth as per the beneficiaries. growth rates assumed; 2. Constant annual household formation rate There are some following aspects that should for the entire Planning Area; be focused for new public housing 3. Replishment of dilapidated (5%) and development –  Strategy for Land Assembly. temporary structures (9%).  Finance and Incentives.

 Human Resource Management and E- The additional housing units shall be provided governance. in the following manner:  PPP and PPPP model.  New Residential Developments: 1,686  The traditional vernacular housing dwelling units techniques of Himachal Pradesh addressing  Infill in existing residential areas: 311 the prevailing topography and extremities dwelling units of climate should be promoted.  Retrofit measures to make the existing

Page | 41 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

building stock energy efficient and to • Certification Regarding Structural Safety in overcome the various environmental Design challenges posed by the sector. • Constructional Safety  Vernacular Construction Techniques- The • Quality Control and Inspection local traditional Kath-khuni house • Structural Requirements of Low Cost construction techniques should be Housing followed. The orientation of buildings is • Inspection mostly east and south. Materials available for construction are stone slabs for flooring Housing Policy and roofing, stone and earth for walls and The main objective of the housing policy for the wooden plank supports on wooden joists Planning Area is not only to meet the housing for intermediate floors. demand by horizon 2036 but also to improve  Retrofitting of dilapidated houses- In case the residential environment at large. In view of of dilapidated structures, if structure is this, Development Plan proposes development below 50 years, it should be retrofitted, if of self-sustained residential neighborhoods. structure is above 50 years, it should be demolished and the occupants should be The policy regarding "Housing" is based on the relocated. goal of ensuring 'Housing for All' by harnessing the potential of the public, private / corporate The additional 3,964 housing units can be and household sectors. The main objective of achievable by the participation of Government the housing policy for the planning area is not Departments/Agencies and Private Agencies only to meet the housing demand by horizon under the following strategies- 2036 but also to ensure effective housing and i) State Government should provide proposed shelter options for all citizens, especially for the developable land in the Development Plan vulnerable groups and the poor, by creation of for government agencies and private adequate housing stock and improve the sectors. residential environment at large. It envisages ii) Major infrastructures like major roads, the role of the public agencies as facilitator water supply lines, sewage channels, power through policy and strategic interventions. lines and other basic infrastructure to be developed. In view of this, Nadaun Development Plan 2036 iii) Private sectors should be encouraged to proposes development of self-sustained construct new houses with basic lower residential neighborhoods. order infrastructures. The housing strategy envisages- iv) Use of local available building materials  Increase housing availability and should be encouraged by the government. affordability. v) More development in the central part of  Move to market-based auctions to choose planning area to be avoided except the the developer. areas where proposals have been given in  Upgrade other infrastructure at Development Plan. community, neighborhood and town vi) Clearance of Building Plan and Land level. Development/Layout Plan before  Development of new housing areas and construction/ development should be new townships in the identified residential strictly imposed by the Government under zones. This will include apartments, group the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country housing, govt. housing, row housing, semi- Planning Rules, 2014. detached.

Strict compliance of the Building Regulations in 8.17.1 State Government Schemes regard to the following-  The Himachal Pradesh Housing & Urban • Structural Design Development Authority (HIMUDA) has • Structural Design Basis Report launched new housing scheme for the self- • Seismic Strengthening/Retrofitting

Page | 42 Nadaun Housing

financing scheme. Under this scheme materials in lean price period and HIMUDA will be offering plots, flats and passing the benefit to consumers. houses and the allotment of the units will be  Government subsidy on material used done on the basis of free hold/ lease hold. It for the construction of housing for has also ensured for provision of primary EWS/LIG category. facilities for its infrastructures. 8.17.2 Private sector participation  Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY)- This Central Government housing scheme is Privatization in the form of individuals and started for the people who are from Below builders/developers should be encouraged to Poverty Line (BPL), Low Income Group (LIG) participate in the house building activities. The and the people who are from Economically concern Authority could provide land with Weaker Section (EWS). Under PM Awas offsite physical and social infrastructure for the Yojana the candidates who want to take the private entrepreneurs to invest in house houses should be from lower class and building and onsite infrastructure annual income of the candidate should not development. Also developed individual be more than Rs. 6 Lakh. The central residential plots could be provided to families government will provide the loan up to Rs. where more than one dwelling unit could be 6 Lakh to the beneficiaries at affordable constructed. interest rates of 6.5%. Decent, affordable housing is crucial to  Rental Housing Policy- According to the development. It determines living standards; Socio-Economic Survey, 5% of the its location affects employment opportunities, households in Nadaun reside in rented while its mass construction can generate houses. The rental housing is mostly of thousands of jobs. private ownership. On the other hand, there is no effective control over the private The provision of affordable housing is rental housing due to absence of effective dependent on a range of public policies that Urban Rent Control Act or Rules. The rents between them support an efficient formal are high compared to the minimal services market. Urban land rights need clarity; housing and facilities they provide and structural needs have to be integrated with work places conditions of rental buildings are often through transport planning; building sites need unsafe. Among new schemes for rental access to public infrastructure before housing, the National Housing Bank has development begins; building standards must introduced the concept of ‘Reverse relate to today’s realities; tenancy and Mortgage’ for senior citizens under which ownership rights have to enable new houses, the house owner can avail of a monthly whether rented or owner occupied, to function stream of income while remaining owner as collateral; and, as commercial banks are so and occupying the house. reluctant to lend, central banks should  Policy on Building Material- Major building encourage financial innovation. materials like cement, steel, bricks, corrugated sheets, are largely imported from neighbouring States. Consequently, cost of building materials is prohibitively high. A government intervention into this aspect is necessary to curb the rising construction cost. Some of the steps may include:  Setting up of more number of building centres. Figure 8-10: Relationship of Government and Private  Incentive for research on alternative Sector vis-a-vis-Components of Housing building material. Source: Housing of All  Material banking by bulk purchasing

Page | 43 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Housing has four distinct components for its On the basis of the emerging trend in the development i.e., Land Assembly, proportion of population occupying 1-2 rooms, infrastructure provision, building construction 3-4 rooms and 5-plus rooms by comparing the and post occupancy management. The above 2001 and 2011 Census data, a distribution in diagram gives an idea how these activities the above categories for 2036 have been should be distributed amongst the projected as under Government, private and cooperatives making the Government a facilitator for housing Table 8-5: Proposed Distribution of Households by development. Housing Category No. of Proportion of Households Category Rooms 2001 2011 2036 The role of government should be to put sound E.W.S./ 1-2 58% 42% 26% public policies in place to promote an efficient L.I. G (519) housing production chain and remove M.I.G. 3-4 29% 38% 47% obstacles from the paths of potential actors to (939) ensure they can work together effectively, H.I.G. 5+ 13% 20% 27% enabled by the right incentive structures. (539) Source: Voyants Analysis, Gurugram, 2017 8.17.3 Housing of Different Income 8.17.4 Housing provision by different Categaories agencies The Development Plan recommends On the basis of the above studies, a possible identification of priorities in dealing with indicative scenario in terms of housing supply different segments of the population. Out of by different agencies emerges as under: the total demand, income category wise demand would be as given in Figure 8-11. Table 8-6: Distribution of Housing by Supply Agencies Housing Categories Fixing the priority in dealing with different Agency E.W.S./L.I.G M.I.G. H.I.G. segments of the population: HIMUDA 80% 20% - 1. H.I.G. and M.I.G. dwelling units shall be Employee/Cooperatives 12% 50% 30% provided with only developed land at Private 8% 30% 70% market price to cross subsidize the housing Source: Voyants Analysis, Gurugram, 2017 for E.W.S./L.I.G. Employee housing by the government bodies 2. L.I.G. and E.W.S. should be covered under such as HPSEB, IPH, etc. will come up initially site and services scheme and finances which follows the emergence of cooperative provided through various centrally and societies by the Private developers and State sponsored schemes. Builders in the future.

26% 27%

47%

HIG MIG LIG/EWS

Figure 8-11: Housing demand as per income category Source: Census of India

Page | 44 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

9 Traffic and Transportation Road Network Nadaun Town is located at the north-western 303 (known as Nadaun-Nagrota Road) which side of Hamirpur district. The town is connects Nadaun with Nagrota via Ranital- accessible by two NHs viz., NH-3 (known as Jawalamukhi. Nadaun is well connected with Atari-Manali Highway) which connects Nadaun Sujanpur, the Tehsil headquarter of the with Amritsar-Jalandhar-Hoshiyarpur- neighbouring Tehsil by MDR-36. Hamirpur-Mandi-Kullu on the other hand, NH

Figure 9-1: Road Network in the Planning Area Source: Base Map and Field Study

Road Inventory About 5.26 km and 2.31 km of NH-3 and NH- stretch of NH-3 and 430m of stretch of NH-303 303 passes through the planning area act as the urban road in Nadaun town. The NHs respectively. Out of the total length of NH are two lane undivided roads in the planning passing through the planning area, 2.47 km area with 1.5m shoulders on the both sides.

Page | 45 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

The NHs have a ROW of 15m with 7m carriage length of the MDR 36 passing through the way with 2m earthen shoulders () at both sides planning area is 630m. It is a single lane road and 2m service corridor comprising of drains with 5m carriage way and 1m earthen shoulder and infrastructure services. There are no at both ends. The roads in the planning area walkways inside the urban area so when have been made according to required vehicles are parked along the roadway, it standards set by NHAI and IRC. creates congestion inside the urban area. The

Table 9-1: Roads Maintained by PWD Length of the roads Sl.no. Village Name Remarks (In Metres) 1 Kot 900-1000 Both side drains 2 Seri 500 Both side drains 3 Kuthar 1000 Kutcha road 4 Bharmoti Kalan 3000 Both side drains, Kutcha 5 Jalari Saukhlan 2000 On Progress 6 Harmandir Mandiala 3000 Kutcha drains 7 Harmandir Rukwalan 3000 Kutcha drains 8 Bela 2000 300m Pucca drains rest Kutcha 9 DPF Tillu 500 Pucca road 10 Tillu Pratham 2000 500m Kutcha road rest pucca 11 Tillu Khas 2000 500m Kutcha road rest pucca 12 Gagal 2000 500m Kutcha road rest pucca Source: Sub-divisional Office, PWD, Nadaun

Road Condition The road condition in the planning area is satisfactory in terms of the materials used for the construction of roads and the level of maintenance.

The roads in the planning area are constructed and maintained by multiple authorities. NHs are maintained by NHAI which are entirely metalled roads. However, some portions near Gagal (almost 200 to 400m) are under Panchayat. construction due to its poor condition that Figure 9-2 Types of Materials creates delay in the traffic movement and Source: PWD office, Nadaun produces dusts which reduces the visibility.

The MDR and ODRs are maintained by PWD. Three types of roads can be seen in Nadaun Under PWD, 93% roads are metalled and rest Nagar Panchayat in terms of material used i.e. are non-metalled roads. Bitumen, Concrete and Earthen roads among The other urban roads are maintained by PWD which 90% are made of concrete, 7% bitumen and Nagar Panchayat while the village roads and 3% earthen. The 3m (10ft.) wide are maintained by PWD and respective Gram

Page | 46 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation roads/streets are mainly bitumen made. their lengths in km. The following table describes different types of All the bituminous roads in the Nagar roads lengths in Nagar Panchayat Area and Panchayat Area are 3m wide.

Table 9- 2: Roads Maintained by Nagar Panchayat Length of different roads Percentag Types of Roads Total Length (km) 3m (10ft) 2.5m (8ft) 1.8m (6ft) e Bitumen 1.31 - - 1.31 7.29% Concrete 2.20 5.50 8.48 16.18 89.99% Earthen - 0.18 0.31 0.49 2.72% Source: Nagar Panchayat, Nadaun

Considering the climatic condition of the area, issue during the primary survey by the during rainy season the un-metalled roads residents. The rolling topography limits create problem for pedestrians as well as reduces the durability of the earthen roads. vehicle users the. Same was mentioned as an

Vehicle Growth

Vehicular growth rate in the region 2000 20 puts light on the fact of future traffic 1500 15 pattern. Increase in the number of 1000 10 private vehicles envisages the increase in the traffic volume in the town. It 500 5 Number would put more pressure on the 0 0 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 existing roads and creates congestion Vehicle No. 1325 1422 1688 1857 1889 on a larger run if necessary measures Growth rate 7 19 10 2 are not taken. Through this analysis assumptions can be drawn for Figure 9-3: Vehicle Growth, 2011 to 2015 measuring the future level of Service Source: SDM Office, Nadaun (LOS) of the existing roads.

The figure 9.3, depicts the average annual growth rate is 9% from 2011 to 2015. The highest growth rate was experienced in 2013. After that, there is a steady fall in overall vehicle growth till 2015.

The maximum registered vehicles are mainly the two wheelers (71%) and cars (21%). Tractors, HGVs, three wheelers and others fall in the rest (8%). This clearly illustrates the local roads get the maximum volume of two Figure 9-4: Vehicle classes wheelers and cars. The percentage of buses is Source: SDM Office, Nadaun very less. Only 18 buses have been registered in the last five years.

Page | 47 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

A traffic and transportation survey has been Existing Traffic Scenario conducted for ten hours for three days in The goal of a traffic and transportation study is Nadaun Planning area to understand the traffic to assess the potential impact of traffic scenario in and around the planning areas. The generated by an existing or proposed surveys have been conducted at three outer development or redevelopment and to identify cordons on NH-3 and NH-303 to trap the the roadway improvements. It requires to through traffic which are passing through ensure that the road network will operate Nadaun Planning Area and the safely and efficiently during the present and incoming/outgoing traffic which are either future time. coming to or going from Nadaun Planning A Traffic study assists public agencies in making Area. land use decisions where the proposal may have a significant impact on traffic operations The outer cordons have strategically been within the immediate area of the development selected to capture the through, outgoing and and in some cases within the overall incoming traffic. The Origin and Destination transportation network. survey has been conducted for capturing the traffic. On the other hand, the Traffic Volume 9.5.1 Traffic Survey Methodology Count Survey has also been conducted simultaneously to measure Level of Service of The traffic and transportation survey help us to each roads. The traffic survey was conducted get a brief outline on the following two at Beas Bridge on NH-3 and near Jalari village aspects, these are: on NH-303 and at Amb Road again on NH-3 The  Regional Influence of the Nadaun location of three cordon points are shown in Planning Area (in terms of Goods and the figure below. The surveys were done Passenger movements) continuously conducted for ten hours from  Level of Service (LOS) of the main 8am in the morning to 7pm in the evening. arterial roads of the Planning Area

Page | 48 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

Figure 9-5: Location of Outer Cordons Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

The cordon points are placed on the NHs. These are two lanes undivided highways with 1.5 of shoulders at the edges. The ROW of these roads is 10m with 7m carriage ways. 9.5.2 Regional Traffic Scenario To understand the regional traffic scenario, Origin and Destination survey has been conducted for three days at three different points in Nadaun Planning Area. The Origin- Destination (OD) data analysis helps to Figure 9-6: Traffic Movement Pattern understand the pattern of traffic movement Source: Primary Survey from different areas to or through the Planning which depicts the internal movement of Area. Out of the total vehicle counts for ten people from outside areas. The share of hours for three days, 10% vehicles have been internal to external trips is 19% and internal surveyed to know about the regional traffic trips is 4%. This is to be noted that the area gets scenario. much of through traffic daily.

9.5.2.1 Traffic Movement Pattern The analysis shows that out of the total Considering the internal to internal trips and sample, maximum trips are mainly external to external to internal trips, 80% of the internal external trips i.e. 53%. The share of external to trips are either generated or terminated in the internal trips is 24% out of the total sample Nagar Panchayat area or the urban area. Rest of the traffic is received by the remaining part

Page | 49 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

of the Planning Area. 100% 9.5.2.2 Purpose of the Trips 90% Studying the purpose of trips is very important 80% to understand the reason behind the internal 70% and external traffic flow. Analysing the 60% 50% purpose of trips helps to know the importance 40% of the trips and how frequent the trips are. Say 30% for example, in case of passenger vehicles if the 20% maximum trips are made for social purpose 10% then it is not considered that important but if 0% I to I E to I I to E E to E it is made for employment, education and health purposes then the trips are considered Business Commercial Social important. If the road is used for making such Figure 9-7: Purpose of trips of Goods Vehicles trips by the people then the road is very Source: Primary Survey important and in future the traffic volume The above figure shows that percentage of might increase on the road. The same theory commercial trips are very high (69%) in internal can be applied for the freight vehicles to internal and external to internal goods movement as well. If the road is very important traffic movement whereas in case of internal from commercial or business purposes then to external and external to external the road should be developed in such a manner movement, share of business trips is maximum so that it can cater to the future freight traffic. (65%). Very few (7%) trips have been made for social purposes in external to internal and external to internal vehicle movement. The NH-3 and NH-303 are very important roads for the freight vehicle movement.

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0% I to I E to I I to E E to E

Business Medical Social Educational employment Passengers Commercial

Figure 9-8: Purpose of trips of Passenger vehicles Source: Primary Survey

Maximum trips (80%) are made for social samples collected. Trips made for medical or purposes by the passenger vehicles in every health issues is the third most important traffic movement scenario. The second most purpose which accounts to almost 3% of the important purpose of trip is the business total samples. purpose that accounts 12% of the total

Page | 50 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

250

200

150

Samples 100

50

0 I to I E to I I to E E to E

Business Medical Social Educational Commercial

Figure 9-9: Purpose of trips at Cordon point 1 Source: Primary Survey

Maximum people (58%) are making trips for trips, business and commercial trips (40% the social purpose at cordon point 1 i.e. the jointly) are also made through this road. Rest Beas Bridge point which connects Kangra with of the trips are made for education, medical Hamirpur. At this point the external to external purposes (2%). traffic is maximum whereas the internal to internal traffic is minimum. Number of The external to internal traffic and external to External to Internal trips occupies the second external traffic is more at this point. highest position at this point. Other than social

250

200

150

Samples 100

50

0 I to I E to I I to E E to E

Business Medical Social Employment

Figure 9-10: Purpose of trips at Cordon point 2 Source: Primary Survey

The flow of traffic is low at this point compared external trips (22%). Very few trips (5%) have to the previous one. Here the percentage of been made internally. At cordon point 2 the external to external (55%) trips is the trips are made for social (63%) and business maximum. Second maximum is external to (34%) purposes, 2% have been made for internal trips (23%) and third is internal to medical and 1% for education purpose.

Page | 51 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

180 160 140 120 100 80 Samples 60 40 20 0 I to I E to I I to E E to E

Business Medical Social Employment Education Commercial Tourism

Figure 9-11: Purpose of trips at Cordon point 3 Source: Primary Survey

Maximum external to external trips (49%) are social trips, 21% and 15% trips have been made made along this point. External to internal trips for commercial and business purposes occupies the second highest with 22% of the whereas 4% are made for medical purposes trip share and internal to internal occupies the and 6% for employment, 2% for educational third position with 19% share. and 4% for tourism purposes. The internal to internal trips are maximum at The above analysis reveals that these three this point than other two points (10%). roads are used for the social, business and The maximum trips at this point has been commercial purposes only. Amb road gets some of the passenger vehicles which are made for social purposes i.e. 48%. Other than commuting due to tourism purposes. 9.5.3 Traffic Volume Count which the traffic volume has been counted and 9.5.3.1 Traffic Volume measured are two lanes highways with non- Traffic volume count survey helped to paved or earthen shoulders of 1.5m at both understand the volume of traffic on the major ends. The volume of traffic at three different roads in the Planning Area. The main roads on points on the highways are as follows:

1600 1200 1500 1400 1300 1000 1200 1100 800 1000 900 800 600 700 600 500 400 400 300 200 200 100 0 0

DAY1 DAY2 DAY3 AVERAGE

Figure 9-12: Traffic Volume Count at Cordon Point 1: Beas Bridge Source: Primary Survey

Page | 52 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

600 500 550 500 400 450 400 350 300 300 250 200 200 150 100 100 50 0 0 7:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00 TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO 8:00 9:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00 8:00 DAY1 DAY2 DAY3 AVERAGE Figure 9-13: Traffic Volume Count at Cordon Point 2: Jalari Road Source: Primary Survey

700 600 650 600 500 550 500 450 400 400 350 300 300 250 200 200 150 100 100 50 0 0

DAY1 DAY2 DAY3 AVERAGE Figure 9-14: Traffic Volume Count at Cordon Point 3: Amb Road Source: Primary Survey

peak is from 3-5 pm. First, the vehicle From the above figures, it can be assessed that movement during morning peak is 1857 and the traffic volume is highest at cordon point 1 during evening peak is 2101 at cordon point 1 i.e. the Beas Bridge point which connects the which amounts 43% of the total traffic Kangra district with Hamirpur district. The movement. Second, the vehicle movement traffic volume reaches at Nadaun and splits during morning peak is 908 and during evening into two parts. One part goes towards peak is 791 at cordon point 2 which amounts Hamirpur-Sujanpur-Bilaspur and then towards 38% of the total traffic movement. Third, the Shimla and another part goes towards Amb- vehicle movement during morning peak is 991 Una and then to Chandigarh. So, the huge and during evening peak 1040 at cordon point traffic got bifurcated at Nadaun town and 3 which amounts 40% of the total traffic distributed to two points. This is the reason, movement. These four hours have been cordon point 2 and cordon point 3 get half of marked as the peak hours which have the traffic volume than of cordon point 1. experienced the maximum traffic flow in a day.

The traffic volume count for ten hours at three During the peak and no peak hours, the modal different points for three days allows us to shares in the total traffic volume has also been define the peak and non-peak hours in ten considered. It gives us a clear picture of hours. The above charts clearly depict that the different vehicles sharing the carriage width in morning peak is from 9-11 am and the evening a particular time. By analysing the actual modal

Page | 53 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun share of different vehicles at different time the non-peak hours at the three cordon points are PCU can be counted and the LOS can be as follows: assessed. The modal split during the peak and

1600 3500 1500 MORNING PEAK HOURS 1400 NON PEAK HOURS 3000 1300 EVENING PEAK HOURS 1200 1100 TOTAL NO. VEHICLES 2500 1000 900 2000 800 700 1500 600 500 1000 400 NUMBER OF VEHICLES 300 200 500 100 0 0

Figure 9-15: Modal Share at Cordon Point 1: Beas Bridge Source: Primary Survey

800 MORNING PEAK HOURS 2000 750 700 NON PEAK HOURS 650 EVENING PEAK HOURS 600 1500 550 TOTAL NO. VEHICLES 500 450 400 1000 350 300 250 200 500 150

NUMBER OF VEHICLES 100 50 0 0

Figure 9-16: Modal Share at Cordon Point 2: Jalari Road Source: Primary Survey

Page | 54 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

1000 MORNING PEAK HOURS 3000 900 NON PEAK HOURS 800 EVENING PEAK HOURS 2500 TOTAL NO. VEHICLES 700 2000 600 500 1500 400 300 1000 200 500 NUMBER OF VEHICLES 100 0 0

Figure 9-17: Modal Share at Cordon Point 3: Amb Road Source: Primary Survey

During identified peak hours the flow of two 9.5.3.2 Passenger Car Units and Level of wheelers was maximum at three locations. It Service (LOS) accounts 48% at cordon point 1, 39% at cordon Passenger Car Units (PCU) is a vehicle unit used point 2 and 44% at cordon point 3. The second for expressing highway capacity. One car is maximum flow is encountered by the cars considered as a single unit, cycle, motorcycle is (LMV Passenger cars). It accounts 34% at considered as half car unit. Bus and truck cordon point 1, 40% at cordon point 2 and 32% causing a lot of inconvenience because of its at cordon point 3. It depicts that more car large size, and are considered equivalent to 3 movements are towards Hamirpur-Shimla cars or 3 PCU (according to IRC). direction and more two wheelers movement is Depending upon the PCU count, the level of towards Amb-Una direction. HMV service (LOS) of any road can be assessed. (passengers) i.e. the buses follow after two Though average speed needs to be considered, wheelers and cars with average share of 6% at still the exclusive PCU count gives some three different points. LMV (goods) and HMV indication on the Level of Service of one road. (goods) account for 6% and 5% to the total It also helps to understand the traffic pressure modal share respectively. one road needs to cater. Following figure shows existing PCU movement.

Page | 55 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Figure 9-18: PCU and Existing Traffic Pressure on Existing Roads Source: Primary Survey

The Level of Service (LOS) of two lanes highway actual volume count of different vehicles. The with earthen shoulders has been derived after average PCU count of three days for three calculating the V/C (Volume/Capacity). To get points have been calculated and then the Level the volume, PCU has been calculated from the of Service has been derived.

Table 9- 3: Level of Service in terms of Traffic Volume Days PCU Point 1 Level of Point 2 Level of Point 3 Level of Service Service Service Day 1 7609 4447 6243 Day 2 9083 0.72 4163 0.48 5765 0.61 Day 3 3134 (C) 4541 (A) 4685 (B) Average 6609 4384 5564 Source: Primary Survey

Cordon point 1 i.e. Beas Bridge which connects Level of service and cordon point 3 i.e. the Amb Nadaun with Kangra district has category C road which connects Nadaun with Amb and Level of Service. Cordon point 2 i.e. the Jalari Una has category B Level of Service. road which connects Hamripur has category A

Page | 56 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

Table 9-4: Level of Service Criteria Level of Description V/C Service A Free-flow conditions with unimpeded manoeuvrability. Stopped delay at 0.00 to 0.60 signalized intersection is minimal. B Reasonably unimpeded operations with slightly restricted manoeuvrability. 0.61 to 0.70 Stopped delays are not bothersome. C Stable operations with somewhat more restrictions in making mid-block lane 0.71 to 0.80 changes than LOS B. Motorists will experience appreciable tension while driving. D Approaching unstable operations where small increases in volume produce 0.81 to 0.90 substantial increases in delay and decreases in speed. E Operations with significant intersection approach delays and low average 0.91 to 1.00 speeds. F Operations with extremely low speeds caused by intersection congestion, high > 1.00 delay, and adverse signal progression. Source: Transportation Research Board, Highway Capacity Manual

Figure 9-19: Present Level of Service of Different Roads Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

Parking Facility There is no designated-on street or off-street ground is used for commercial vehicle parking parking spaces available in the town or the only. The private vehicles are parked over the planning area. The taxi drivers mainly park roads along the main arterial road. This on their vehicles near the bus stand ground. The street un-regularized parking creates

Page | 57 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun congestion in the town and hampers the traffic walk to the destination whereas 15% use movement. public transport (bus) to commute to destinations, 13% use two wheelers and 5% Pedestrian Pathways use cars. Very few (2%) use cycles as a mode of There are no designated pathways for the transport. pedestrian movement in the town. The 1.5m shoulders at both ends are used as pedestrian’s walkways. Most of the time these shoulders are encroached and used as the parking space. In absence of the designated walkways in the town and planning area, pedestrians use carriage ways for the movements which leads to accidents some Figure 9-20: Mode of Transport Usage times. Source: Primary Survey

Pedestrian pathways are required in the town Public Transport and and the planning area because most of the Routes household trips and internal to internal trips Bus is the main mode of public transport in are made through walking. From the primary Nadaun. The town is well-connected with survey, it has been seen that 87% of important towns and centres within and respondents make one trip (internally mostly) outside state by the roadways. The govt. per day in the planning area. More than 65% of (HRTC) and private buses do operate from the the sample household trips are made through town. Compared to other same sized towns in walking. This is the reason that pedestrian Himachal Pradesh, Nadaun has a designated pathways are very much required bus terminus. Many of the buses terminates infrastructure in the planning area. here and go to a distance of 100km.

Trips generated at In case of hilly areas, the catchment area of any Household Level public transport route is taken to be 700 to Out of the total respondents surveyed in 1000m at both sides of the route. If the buffer Nadaun Planning Area, at least 70% make of 1000m is taken into consideration for internal to internal trips and 30% make internal measuring the catchment area of the public to external trips made. Almost 80% of the transport in Nadaun Planning Area, then entire internal to internal trips are completed within planning area would fall in the catchment area. 15minutes time period. It indicates the work place or other level of services are not very far Buses are available in every 20 to 25 minutes from the houses in the Planning area. Most of for the neighbouring towns, located within the trips are generated from Nadaun Town and 50km. like Hamirpur, Sujanpur, Amb, Una, Beal village (64%) and terminated in Nadaun Jawalamukhi, Galore, Kangra etc. Towns Town, Gagal and Jalari (70%). Out of the total located within 100km, have bus connectivity in internal to internal trips, 59% trips are made every 60 to 90 minutes. Towns sited beyond for business purpose and 41% trips are made 100 km. have bus services twice or thrice from for work purposes. the town.

Out of the total household trips, 65% people Nadaun town has efficient intercity public

Page | 58 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation transportation system in terms of the the bus stands in the Planning area and along accessibility (catchment area) and the routes. connectivity. It can be improved by designing

Figure 9-21: Public Transport Routes in Nadaun Planning Area Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

Though ridership of public transport is low in Nadaun as the area is too small to commute via The transportation within Nadaun and public transport. People prefer walking inside surrounding areas is based on privately and the town mostly for commuting. Most of the government operated buses. Nadaun has a people have two wheelers through which they large bus station (at least bigger compared to commute mostly within planning area. towns of similar size in this area). Adjacent to it is a taxi stand where one can easily rent a taxi Public transport is used for commuting to long for commuting short or long distances. distances like Kangra, Hamirpur, Amb-Gagret, Sujanpur, Dhera, Shimla, Chandigarh etc.

Page | 59 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

9.9.1 Satisfaction Level a. Some of the stretches of The primary survey conducted in the Planning the metalled roads are Area helps us to assess the satisfaction level of very bad in condition people on the availability of public transport. which is not motor able This is as follows: and produces lots of dust that reduces the visibility. Out of the total respondents, 91% highlighted b. No designated parking that they face end number of issues with the area is available inside the bus transport like its frequency, seating town that leads to random capacities, size etc. and mentioned they were parking along the road not happy with the bus services whereas 9% of which creates congestion the people said that they were satisfied with inside the town. the bus service in the Planning Area. c. No designated pathways are available inside the town for pedestrian movement. Pedestrians use carriage ways for the movement inside the town which leads to the fatal and non-fatal accidents.

Figure 9-22: Satisfaction with Bus Services d. The level of service is C for Source: Primary Survey the Kangra connecting Out of the total respondents, 42% are satisfied road which needs to be and feel the taxi service is fair in the area, 35% modified. feel its good and 15% feel it’s very good e. The maximum through whereas only 3% respondents are not satisfied traffic (more than 50%) with the taxi service in the area. crosses the town daily and creates congestion inside the town.

f. No street furniture is available inside the urban area. Due to the unavailability of the street furniture like signage, traffic lights, zebra

Figure 9-23: Satisfaction with Taxi Service crossings, marked carriage Source: Primary Survey ways, illuminating dividers, street lights the Issues and Concerns traffic movement gets The issues related to Traffic and Transportation slowed down and creates are as follows: congestion.

Page | 60 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

Future Urban Structure and directions at the Bus stand junction one its Impact on Trip towards Hoshiyarpur and one towards Characteristics Hamirpur. The allocation of future population in planning 2. Traffic on NH-303 near PWD rest house zones reveal that most of the new population towards Kangra shows that it will cross the in the coming years will be accommodated on capacity of 2-lane paved shoulder in year the south-western and southern sides of the 2017. So recommendation for 4 lane paved existing urban structure. This changing shoulder immediately. population distribution will have significant 3. The same traffic will enter in town area and impact on the travel characteristics of the due to highly congested area expansion of town. road in town area is not possible so

suggestion of bypass for one direction Vehicular growth rate in the region puts light traffic (Kangra to Hamirpur). on the fact of future traffic pattern. Increase in the number of private vehicles envisages the Augmentation of the increase in the traffic volume in the town. It Existing Urban Road would put more pressure on the existing roads Network and creates congestion on a larger run if To improve the regional connectivity as well as necessary measures are not taken. Through accessibility to various planning zones within this analysis assumptions can be drawn for Nadaun Planning Area, augmentation of the measuring the future level of Service (LOS) of road network across various planning zones is the existing roads. proposed with connections to the regional linkages. A system of alternate road Allocation of future population in various alignments has also been suggested which will planning zones will increase the trip length. provide bypass alignments to regional traffic This will invariably reduce share of pedestrian movement without entering the congested trip and increase vehicular trip. At present, a core areas of the planning area. Linkages to significant portion of the trips are short these bypass alignments are suggested from distance and pedestrian in nature. strategic locations within planning area.

Existing mode choice indicates higher reliance Proposed urban road network showing the on private modes, especially two-wheelers. major Urban Arterials and Secondary Arterials Lack of appropriate transit facilities and rising along with connections from Regional Arterials income will increase private vehicle ownership is shown in Map No. PL/07. As roads help and travel by private modes. opening up new areas for development Proposals and through providing accessibility, this augmented major road network with minor Recommendations roads branching out from it will help facilitate 1. Considering 5% growth rate as per planning decentralization of urban functions from the commission projection of traffic (Annexure core areas as well as accommodate future 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3) it shows that traffic on NH- functions. However, only higher order arterial 303 near PWD rest house towards Kangra is roads have been outlined in the new areas approximate 10000pcus which has been while lower order roads can be suitable divided in approximate half in two developed while preparation of detailed plan.

Page | 61 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Improvement and Most of the existing roads within the urban Upgradation of the Existing core area require upgradation to accommodate the increasing traffic volume. Road Network However, some recommendations are listed Augmentation of the capacity of the existing following which will help augment the traffic road network is necessary to reduce the carrying capacity to some extent. congestion- related delay, primarily as a short- term measure. Augmentation of capacity can Selected measures for improvement of link be done primarily by improving the capacity are listed following- intersections as well as the links. It has been  Widening of the carriageway, wherever found that intersections in Nadaun reach their possible. capacity much earlier than the links. And as  Creation of pedestrian facilities on both intersections are closely spaced within the sides to segregate pedestrian and core area, they contribute more to the vehicular traffic flow. network congestion compared to links.  Appropriate railing and fencing However, both intersection and links require arrangement along pedestrian walkways. upgradation to increase the capacity to cope  Illumination of the road links to facilitate with the existing traffic demand. A general set night time movement. of recommendations is also listed following  Improvement of the road side drainage which can be suitably adopted to upgrade the channels, not only to create additional intersections. road space but to protect the pavement from deterioration. Selected measures for improvement of  Road surface stabilization and appropriate intersection capacity are listed following: arrangement for cross-road drainage  Possible widening and correction of (water streams and falls). horizontal and vertical alignment.  Restriction of on-street parking along  Installation of traffic signals with congested links, especially during peak appropriate signage at strategic hours. points.  Information display for parking availability  Removal of visual obstruction to in nearby off-street/on-street parking lots increase sight distance and facilitate to reduce search time for parking space. turning maneuvers.  Installation of traffic signage and signals  Restriction on turning movement for for pedestrian crossing for at-grade acute angle arms as far as possible pedestrian crossings preferably [This will call for detailed traffic synchronized with intersection signals). circulation plan at micro level for the Some busy links might require grade core area and needs constant separated pedestrian crossings. adjustment with changing traffic needs]. Safety Issues  Installation of pedestrian crossing Most of the accidents recorded take place (preferably grade separated to along the highways and regional linkages. Basic segregate pedestrian and vehicular reasons are difficult road alignment, poor road movement in intersections). For at geometry, bad road surface conditions, grade pedestrian crossings, the unstable road pavements and frequent movement should be synchronized landslides. with the signal phases.  The remote and interior parts of the Huge pedestrian traffic volume is observed planning area will be in the focus for along the links and intersections within the augmentation of transportation core areas - as walking is one of the dominant network. modes of movement. The prime reason being: I. Shorter trip length.

Page | 62 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

II. Lower spending power – thus, a b) Cautionary Signs section is captive to walking. c) Informatory Signs III. Low trip time in comparison to waiting time for public transit. Mandatory Signs: IV. Unavailability/greater search time for These signs are used to inform road users of parking of car/two-wheeler. certain laws and regulations to provide safety V. Usage of steps to reduce the travel and free flow of traffic. These include all signs distance further. which give notice of special obligation, VI. Favorable climate. prohibition or restrictions with which the road user must comply. The violation of these signs Most of the links do not have adequate is a legal offence. footpaths on both sides to accommodate the high pedestrian volume – forcing them to Cautionary Signs: move along the carriageway. Low traffic speed These signs are used to warn the road users of within the town significantly reduces the the existence of certain hazardous condition probability of accident in spite of very high either on or adjacent to the roadway, so that level of pedestrian vehicular conflict. Steps, the motorists are cautious and take the desired which helps to reduce travel distances for action. pedestrians are often in bad condition. The major deficiencies are- . Inadequate/irregular riser and tread. Informatory Signs: . Poor surface condition. These signs are used to guide road users along . Poor illumination. routes, inform them about destination and . Lack of railing and landing facilities for distance, identify points of geographical and long flight of steps. historical interest and provide other information that will make the road travel easier, safe and pleasant. As walking is the only effective Non-Motorized

Transit (NMT) mode, management of pedestrian facilities along with steps can boost Upgradation of Pedestrian significantly the patronage for NMT movement Facilities within Nadaun Planning Area. Walking is one of the dominant modes of 9.15.1 Road Signs transport, particularly for work and school trips. However, the existing facilities severely Traffic signs and road markings are silent lack the basic necessities for safe and secure speakers to the road users. Every road user pedestrian movement. Huge pedestrian should know the marking and signs on the road volume is observed along one of the most and the meaning thereof. congested routes resulting in serious level of

pedestrian-vehicular conflict. This conflict not Many different traffic signs are to be seen on only makes pedestrian movement unsafe but the roads. They give advance information adversely affects the vehicular traffic flow. about road conditions ahead. Road markings Certain measures listed below must be also give orders, warning or guidance to drivers adopted along road links to improve the or riders. pedestrian movement condition.

(i) Adequate walkways commensurate to the 9.15.1.1 Road Traffic Signs pedestrian traffic volume on both sides of Transport systems do not work if people are the carriageway to segregate pedestrian not safe, are injured or die while assessing the traffic from vehicular carriageway. Some of jobs, educational services, markets, recreation the links have intermittent footpaths and a range of daily chores. Road signs are which should be converted to continuous classified under the three heads: stretches as far as possible. a) Mandatory Signs

Page | 63 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

(ii) Complete restriction of on-street parking c) Availability of vacant spaces near on pedestrian pathways – even if they are concentrated parking generation lying empty. zones like market area where (iii) Integration of steps with walkways to suitable off-street facilities can be create an efficient system of pedestrian located. network for fast movement, particularly d) Existing availability of off-street within the core area. parking facilities in public/private (iv) Improvement of surface condition for premises. steps with due attention to riser/tread e) Parking space information system width as well as installation of railings and to reduce searching time. intermediate landing facilities to facilitate f) Parking space provision in building pedestrian movement. bye laws and examining its adequacy in the context of

growing vehicle ownership. Parking Management Apart from parking of cars, significant numbers High ownership pattern and excessive reliance of taxi, jeep, LCV and trucks are found to be on private mode of movement, i.e., two- parked along some of the links. Idle bus parking wheelers and cars exert huge parking demand. should be restricted to dedicated bus stands. As most of the parking demand is met by on- Taxi parking should be encouraged only at street facilities due to negligible stock of off- certain location where its parking will not street facilities, this is perhaps the biggest interfere much with the vehicular flow. contributor to traffic congestion in the core Restructuring of Transport area. Management Mechanism There is an urgent need to restructure the This calls for detailed parking management transport management mechanism to meet with adequate attention to parking supply as the future demand with satisfactory level of well as management of parking demand via service. various regulatory and fiscal controls. Creation of off-street parking facilities at strategic locations, preferably multi-storied is required For effectively implementing the provisions of to relieve the parking load from the vehicular Himachal Pradesh Transport Policy 2014, a carriageway. committee headed by the Transport Minister should be notified that will hold meetings on quarterly basis and review the implementation Management of Parking of this policy. Evaluation studies should be Supply and Demand undertaken in various segments of the There is a need to restrict (completely or transport operation to guide the implementing partially) on-street parking activity on agencies on various options and their possible congested links to increase the capacity of the outcomes. roads and improve traffic flow along them. On Comprehensive and holistic approach to the other hand, off-street parking facilities transport management is needed to cope with have to be provided at strategic locations to the growing complexity of the transport sector meet the parking demand. A parking as well as its inter-dependence with other management plan must be prepared urban sectors. immediately for the entire planning area. This plan should stress particularly on the following Creation of an Urban Transport Management aspects- Authority as an organization to undertake this a) Parking demand on various task has been widely acclaimed as the locations and sensitivity of the appropriate solution. The salient tasks of this demand to parking fee. authority will be- b) Temporal variation in demand.

Page | 64 Nadaun Traffic and Transportation

 To co-ordinate actions of various public and private agencies providing transport infrastructure and services.  To arrive at a regulatory frame work for operations of various service providers, particularly transit and parking facilities.  Planning for future transport demand and supply management taking proposed land use into consideration.  To monitor the environmental and socio-economic impact of the existing transport system and for future investments.  To effectively control vehicle ownership and dependence through a set of fiscal and regulatory controls.  Capacity building, both managerial and technical, for institutions under its umbrella.

Page | 65 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Page | 66

Nadaun Heritage and Tourism

10 Heritage and Tourism

Social-Cultural Heritage In terms of natural heritage, Nadaun town is Baba Balak Nath, Awah-Devi Temple, Gasota located on the left bank of Beas River which Mahadev Temple, Jhanyari Devi Temple and makes a picturesque profile which attracts the Kalanjari Devi tourists. In terms of cultural heritages, Nadaun town is full of such heritages but now they are 10.2.2 Planning Area Level in dilapidated condition due to ignorance and no maintenance. There are a lot of tourist sites within the planning area as well. Natural Heritage: Natural heritage refers to outstanding physical, biological and geological The place of historical importance to visit is the formations, habitats of threatened species of Old Nadaun Fort situated on a hill top. The fort animals and plants and areas with scientific, is in a dilapidated state but still representative conservation or aesthetic value. of family of Maharaja Sansar Chand Katoch.

Man-Made Heritage: Our Man-made heritage, A place of religious importance is the old Shiva as the physical evidence of our cultural temple. Another place of great religious development, is one of our most important significance for Sikhs is Gurdwara overlooking cultural assets. Man-made heritage helps us to the river Beas. It was started after visit of Guru understand where we have come from and Gobind Singh to this place during Battle of who we are today. It allows us to maintain a Nadaun. Hence Nadaun is considered a town of link with the past, defining a sense of place and multiple-religions all living in mutual-harmony. identity for communities, both urban and regional. A favorite pastime of people of Nadaun is evening walk to the Nadaun Bridge. There Tourism Prospect are many restaurants which have come up in this area. This Bridge provides fantastic views of Beas River and of sunset. This bridge 10.2.1 Regional Level separates Hamirpur district from Kangra There are many famous and important tourist district. Another interesting pastime is river- sites in the vicinity of Nadaun the planning area cruise in a small wooden boat. One can enjoy as well. They include Sujanpur Tira, Deotsidh this ride the whole day. The boat is still used as Temple, Markanda and Bhota. a mode of transport.

The region also has a lot of religious sites viz, There is a statue of Freedom fighter Inder Pal Narvdeshwar Temple, Bil-kaleshwar Temple, in the New Bus stand area. Murli Manohar Mandir, Tauni-Devi Temple,

Page | 67 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Nadaun Fort

Figure 10-1: Places of Tourist Attractions, Nadaun Source: VSPL, Nadaun

10.2.3 Places of Heritage Value Nadaun Fort

Nadaun fort is better known as Amter-Nadaun fort/ Sansar Chand fort, which was once the royal residence of Raja Sansar Chand. Located atop a hill, this structure attracts visitors by its impeccably done wall paintings and frescoes. Unfortunately, the fort is in a dilapidated condition but it still manages to put visitors in awe with its exquisite architecture. It is an ideal Figure 10-3: Nadaun Amtar Fort place that reflects the rich history of Raja Source: Field Survey Sansar Chand and the Katoch dynasty. Gurudwara Shri Patshahi Dasvin

Figure 10-4: Historical Gurudwara, Nadaun Source: Field Survey Figure 10-2: Nadaun Amtar Fort Source: Field Survey Page | 68

Nadaun Heritage and Tourism

It is located in Nadaun town on the banks of needs to be conserved and preserved due to its Beas River where Guru Gobind Singh camped heritage value. for nine days during the battle Nadaun battle between Raja Bhim Chand and Mughal General Alif Khan. Guru Saheb assisted Raja Bhim Chand and won the battle against Mughal General. The spot later on converted in a Gurudwara by the order of Maharaja Ranjit Singh. However, the present building was constructed by Rai Bahadur Baisakha Singh in 1929.

Samadhi of Dhyanu Bhagat Dhyanu Bhagat a true devotee of Maa Jawalaji, offered his own head to the Goddess to prove the power of Maa Jawalaji to the then Mughal

Emperor, King Akbar. The Samadhi to the great Figure 10-6: Baoli at Gagaal devotee is in Nadaun and an important Source: Field Survey heritage and pilgrimage site.

Figure 10-5: Samadhi of Dhyanu Bhagat Source: Field Survey

Baoli or Step Wells There are a number of baolis or step wells in Nadaun which were the major sources of water Figure 10-7: Pattan Bazaar di Periyan Source: Field Survey to the town. Of these one of the famous step- well is a 105 stepped baoli located along the Lavneshwar Mahadev NH-3 in Gagaal village. The step-well is now in This is a famous Lord Shiva temple. It is belived a very dilapidated state and has been filled with that construction of Lavneshwar Temple was mud. Refer Figure 10.6. initiated by the 'Pandava's. A popular belief about the Shivalinga in the temple is that it Paudiyan or Steps Ghats grows every year by a height equal to one grain There are a number of paudiyan or steps ghtas of rice. along the Beas river in the Nadaun town. Of these the most famous ones are the following: Shiv temple 1. Pattan di paudiyan - located near the Shiva Temple is the oldest temple in Pattan SMD office Bazar. This temple has prospered and 2. Matta wali paudiyan, enhanced with passing times. 3. Kaaji Pattan paudiyan - near Samadhi of Dhyanu Bhagat Peer Saheb Grave These paudiyan are in a dilapidated state and There is a mausoleum or shrine of a Sufi Saint

Page | 69 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Sai Fazal Shah located in Bharmoti Kalan village level cricket matches are organised in this which is of religious importance and a stadium. prominent tourist destination. According to folklore, Sai Fazal Shah, a renowned saint in the region, left many mysterious things during his life that made him popular amongst the people. The grave was built by Sansar Chand, a king of the Katoch Dynasty, who was also amazed by the saint’s power. As per the Hindu calendar, in the last month of Magh or the 2nd week of February, a huge bhandara is organised here in his honour. During this time, a wrestling competition also takes place. Figure 10-9: Atal Bihari Vajpayee Cricket Stadium Source: Field Survey

Jawalaji Temple There are nine different flames within the temple. It is said that centuries ago, a person saw the flames for the first time and Raja Bhoomi Chandra, the ruler of the area had the original temple built. The Mughal Emperor Akbar installed a gold parasol and Maharaja Ranjit Singh had the dome gilded. Across the courtyard is Devi's bed chamber and above the temple is the shrine of Baba Gorakhnath. This is just 11km from Nadaun town.

Figure 10-8: Peer Saheb Grave Chaumukha Source: Field Survey Chaumukha is a famous temple of lord Shiva 10.2.4 Places of Attraction with a huge four faced image. The temple is located 11km away from Nadaun town. The places of attraction are located in and These are the places of interest in and around around Nadaun Planning Area (within 30km). Nadaun town. The main issue is that these places do not attract tourists in the same The Beas River: quantum as other places of Himachal Pradesh Nadaun is placed on the banks of Beas River. do. Jawalaji receives the maximum number of There is a proposal by the State Tourism tourists as it is one of the Shakti piths and Department that on a 16km stretch from Dhera attracts thousands of pilgrims every year while Bridge to Nadaun Town would be used for the other places of attraction only receive the promoting water sports viz, river rafting. It local tourists. would attract the tourists in huge number. The river front can be developed nicely for the Tourism Infrastructure recreational purposes of the town dwellers. The existing tourism scenario in Nadaun town Atal Bihari Vajpayee Cricket Stadium is not good in terms of tourist arrival. The The Atal Bihari Vajpayee Cricket Stadium is one available tourist infrastructures in the town are of the famous cricket stadiums in Himachal as follows: Pradesh which is located at the north-east edge of the Planning Area. It is one the important landmark of the Planning Area. Mostly State Page | 70

Nadaun Heritage and Tourism

10.3.1 Hotels heritage structure list. There are only three standard hotels in Nadaun Conservation plans are useful in guiding with 30, 24 and 24 beds. Other than that, one planning interventions to historic places, PWD rest house is also located in the town. The including: hotels are good and affordable by the middle-  Conservation interventions for income group people. On the other hand, there preservation, rehabilitation, or are good number of restaurants and eating restoration. joints in and around the town which also  Adaptive re-use. results in traffic jam on the highways. The  Building performance upgrades. traffic halt here for the refreshment purposes.  Stabilization. As a small town with 4430 population and no  Additions. such tourist arrivals, the availability of hotels  Urban design. and restaurants are quite efficient.  Alterations. 10.3.2 Connectivity and Traffic Situations  New structures in an historic context. Nadaun is located very near to the Dhauladhar  Accessibility provision. Regional Tourist circuit. If the existing Built heritage of Nadaun Fort needs to be situations would be improved, it has high protected, and nurtured and passed on to the possibilities to get into the circuit.21 future generations. For this purpose, a heritage conservation committee (HCC) may be established by the State Government. The HCC Issues and Concerns / shall prepare a list of Heritage Buildings based Imperatives on the following criteria: 1. The age of the building. The heritage places are in dilapidated condition. No restoration processes have been 2. Its special value for architectural or undertaken for Nadaun fort which has a great cultural reasons or historical periods. historical value which is why the tourist footfall 3. Its relevance to history. is very low in this area. 4. Its association with a well-known character or event. Tourism is also one of the main area to be taken 5. Its value as part of a group of care of, as of now no such good tourism is buildings. happening in Nadaun town, a proper Tourism 6. The uniqueness of the building or any Master Plan should be prepared and object or structures fixed to the implemented to promote Tourism. building or forming part of the land Conservation of Heritage and comprised within the cartilage of Structures the building.

The conservation of old buildings is a must in The heritage area is to be addressed in a retaining the characters of the town. The main comprehensive approach for harmonized activities that takes place over here include development and reviving the traditional economic activities, tourism attractions and Katoch dynasty heritage. religious activities. Firstly, the fort must be preserved and the concern authority should include this historical building into their

21 Refer to Chapter 2, Regional Connectivity and Chapter 5, Road Network

Page | 71 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Tourism position tourism as an engine of economic From a conservation perspective, tourism can growth and to harness its multiplier effects for raise funds for protecting natural areas, employment generation and economic enhance local and tourist awareness of development. biodiversity and conservation issues as well as It is proposed to develop integrated inter and discourage local people from unsustainable intra district tourist circuits based on the livelihoods. unique cultural and natural heritage of the

From a development perspective, tourism area. These circuits shall cover the entire revenue may reduce poverty by stimulating Nadaun area along with nearby tourist business development and job creation that is attractions. It is proposed that the inflow of in principle compatible with biodiversity tourist will be increased by 200%-300% in the conservation as well as enhancing local coming years. services, and through improved education empower local people to advocate for the 10.6.2 Tourists Accommodation protection of the natural environment. Presently there are 78 beds in 3 hotels which

caters the inflow of visitors who are coming for  The heritage and tourist sites the ABV Cricket Stadium. Considering their will should be used as instruments be a change in tourist inflow of about 300% to direct land use policy (Higher side), additional Hotels and hotel beds towards more decentralized to be developed during the Master Plan period. patterns of development These would be provided in Community, inside the planning area. District and other commercial centres. The Table 10-1 shows the number of Hotels and  They should clearly be Beds by the horizon year. identified on the land use plan Table 10-1: Projected Distribution of Hotels and Beds to prevent encroachment and Type Luxury Star Category Economy/ Budget inappropriate development Hotel 2 3 5 around the sites. No. 46 70 118  Tourism circuits covering of Beds tourism, leisure, religious and Source: Voyants Analysis heritage sites should be 10.6.3 Tourism Strategies created with one to three The Recommendations for tourism days’ trip and should be given development in the Planning area which has priority in development of been incorporated in the Development Plan transportation and other are as follows: - tourism related infrastructure.  Identification of tourist destinations  Tourism should be recognized and preparation of Tourism Master as an important source of Plan for the Planning area. employment.  Publicity and promotion of the  Development of the tourist circuits is heritage and tourist sites in the another important component of Planning area is required to tourism linking the major tourist mark it on the national and attractions in the town and its international tourist map. surroundings. The tourism department in co-ordination with the private sector 10.6.1 Tourist Forecast should develop these circuits towards Himachal Pradesh Tourism should aim to making tourism an

Page | 72

Nadaun Heritage and Tourism

important economic sector. will be proposed which will provide the bus service twice a week and later will  Development of Tourist Infrastructure increase the service according to the in the Planning area. demand.  Promotion of Sustainable Tourism in  To increase the tourist footfall, a yearly or the Planning area. a half yearly local Nadaun fair (Natkhat Identified tourist destinations in and around Nadaun) should be proposed to attract the Planning area are: - tourism. The fair may have the local 1. Inter City Circuits flavour of Nadaun history, their art, culture, tradition, dance, music, etc. Art  City and Craft Village (Nadaun Haat) should be  Inter-city Tours proposed near the Fort area to promote  City employment opportunity for the people. (i) Nadaun Fort (ii) ABV Cricket Stadium  River front development on the bank of (iii) Gurudwara Shri Patshahi Dasvin river Beas should be proposed to attract (iv) Recreational spaces and Ghats on tourism both for the local and outside the bank of River Beas. tourist, (as in the case of Rishikesh) and (v) River Rafting on Beas River different activities like River Rafting, (vi) Peer- Saheb Grave Camping, Kayaking, Bungee jumping, (vii) Nadaun Bridge Mountain Biking, etc., should be proposed so as to promote adventure  Inter City Circuits sports in these area. 5 Naam Art Gallery  Nadaun fort will become a picnic spot for 6 Dada Siba Temple the people of Nadaun as well as some part 7 Chaumukha Temple of it will be converted into Museum. 8 Jawalaji Temple 9 Baijnath Temple  Some other areas of attraction are: - 10 Bir Monastery  Nature walk along the river front. 11 Murli Manohar Mandir  12 Narvdeshwar Temple View point on the hill top. 13 Tea Gardens and Factory  Eco-tourism in DPF Tillu and DPF 14 Saurabh Van Vihar Kuthar. 15 Ambika Devi Temple  Water sport centre. 16 Sujanpur Tira  Camping Activities. 17 Deotsidh Temple 18 Markanda 10.6.4 Infrastructure 19 Bhota The key strategies for boosting tourism sector 20 Kalanjari Devi in the Planning area have been summarized below- 21 Jhanyari Devi Temple  Development of good quality transport and 22 Shahtalai social infrastructure. 23 Bil-kaleshwar Temple  Development of tourist amenities and 24 Chintpurni Templev services as per international standards.

 Allocation of funds for tourism  An Inter and intra city Tourist Bus service development.

Page | 73 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

 Rehabilitation and sustainable 10.6.5 Sustainable Tourism development of tourism sites. According to World Tourism Organization,  Events & festivals leveraging cultural Sustainable Tourism refers to Environmental, heritage in terms of religion, art and crafts Economic and Socio-Cultural aspects of and languages. tourism development. A suitable balance must  Encourage participation from government be established between these three sectors, civil societies and local dimensions to guarantee its long-term administration. sustainability. Its importance lies in its objective which is to conserve resources and  Policy and regulatory support. increase and preserve local cultures and  Youth should be provided vocational traditions. training through special institutes to provide them employment opportunities. The principles of sustainable tourism lay special  Tourism awareness programs and emphasis on the participation of local workshops may be organized to enhance communities at tourism destinations. Here, the active involvement of local people is the critical sensitization towards tourists and tourism success factor in sustaining momentum. destinations and for sustainable Ideally, local communities should reap direct development and maintenance of tourism benefits from tourism development as sites in the planning area. reflected by the expansion of local business opportunities. Training and education Investments in tourism infrastructure may programmes play an important support role include development of both tourism as well as here as they help to improve cultural heritage civic infrastructure. All infrastructures and the management of natural resources. connected with tourism such as good quality roads, rail network, airports, helipads, hotels and safari resorts, and information support Eco-tourism is a form of sustainable tourism – services needs to be developed. all forms of tourism can become more  Basic amenities like clean public toilets, sustainable but not all forms of tourism can be easily accessible telecommunication eco-tourism. services, tourist information centres, The principles of Sustainable Tourism are: - banks and currency exchange centres,  Tourism should be blended with local food courts and restraints, hotels and environment and community. lodges etc. among other services to be  Tourist experiences focuses on existing provided. features.  Quality Hotels, recreation and  Local ownership. shopping centres, local transportation,  Local materials and food. taxi services etc.  Conservation of resources.  Development and maintenance of the tourist destinations.

 Developing the handicraft and handloom haats.

Figure 10-10: Principles of Sustainable Tourism Source: www.sustainabletourismonline.com

Page | 74

Nadaun Facilities and Services

11 Facilities and Services

Introduction Khas, Bela and DPF Tillu. There is one private The existing social infrastructural facilities has primary school in Bela. There is one exclusive middle school in been compared with the URDPFI 2015 Harmandir Mandiala village. Other villages and Guidelines to identify the gaps and accordingly urban areas have the senior secondary schools assign additional facilities in the Planning area. which serve as the middle school as well to the The existing infrastructure gap and the future requirements has been estimated zone wise. entire area. The following three-tier system is followed for There are three govt. and one private High/Sr. providing social infrastructure facilities at Secondary schools in Nagar Panchayat area different levels. which serve as the secondary school in the Level I: City Level area. In case of rural areas, two high schools Level II: Community Level serve as the secondary schools. Level III: Neighbourhood Level 11.2.2 Higher Education Educational Facilities There is a Government Degree College just outside the Planning Area named Sidharth 11.2.1 Primary Education Government College. It offers course in Arts, There are two government and three private Science, Commerce, Business Management pre-primary schools at rural areas of the and Computer Applications. A part from this, planning area. The schools are distributed in there is one general private college in Nadaun Harmandir Mandiala, Jalari Saukhlan, Kuthar, Town named Vijay Vallabh College of Tillu Pratham and Bela villages. Education which provides the Bachelor course in Arts, Science and Commerce subjects. There There are three government and one private is one institute on Pharmaceutical research in primary schools in the Nagar Panchayat of the Nadaun Town named Himachal Institute of Nadaun. In rural areas, there are five Pharmaceutical Research. The institute government primary schools situated at provides bachelors in pharmaceutical sciences. Harmandir Mandiala, Jalari Saukhlan, Tillu

Page | 75 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Figure 111-1:Himachal Institute of Pharmaceutical Figure 11-2: Vijay Vallabh Pvt ITI, Nadaun Research Institute, Nadaun Source: Site Visit Source: Site Visit 11.2.4 Proposal 11.2.3 Vocational Education The Planning area has sufficient education There is one ITI located at the Sujanpur road facilities to cater the present need of the town. named Maa Jawala ITI. It serves a radius of 10- The additional requirement for future 15km area. It provides courses on electrician population are based on the URDPFI 2015 and electronic mechanic. There is also a private guidelines and the assumption that since the Planning area will develop as a regional hub for polytechnic in Nadaun located in the campus education facilities, provision has to be made of Vijay Vallabh College of Education. to cater to the regional demand.

Table 11-1 Guideline for educational institutes S. No. Institution URDPFI Guidelines Distance Range Area Requirement (Ha) (Population per unit) 1 Primary School 4,000 1-2 km 0.20 to 0.30 3 Secondary School (10+2) 15,000 5-7 km 0.30 to 0.50 4 Industrial Training Centre - 8-12 km 0.30 to 0.60 5 College 30,000 8-12 km 2.00 to 3.00 6 Professional colleges 30,000 8-12 km 1.00 to 1.50 7 University 50,000 8-12 km 2.00 to 3.00 Source: URDPFI

The existing and proposed educational facilities have allotted to portion of areas covered under been listed in Bella and Tillu Pratham. Table 11-2. Zone wise identification of infrastructure gap and distribution of proposed educational facilities is calculated based on the projected population for the year 2036.

There is requirement for three Pre-Primary School and one Primary School in the Nagar Panchayat area as there are none presently. The higher educational facilities like Colleges and Professional Colleges would be distributed and provided in the proposed institutional zones. In the Development Plan proposals, Zone B would be earmarked for higher educational facilities. These facilities would be

Page | 76

Nadaun Facilities and Services

Table 11-2: Future demand for educational institutes Facilities Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D Total E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area (in Ha) (in (in (in Ha (in Ha Ha Ha Pre-Primary 0 2 0.2 2 0 0.0 1 0 0.0 2 0 0.0 5 2 0.2 School Primary 0 1 0.3 2 0 0.0 3 0 0.0 1 0 0.0 6 1 0.3 School Senior 4 - 0.0 - 0.0 - 0.0 1 - 0.0 5 - 0.0 Secondary School College 0 - 0.0 1 - 0.0 0 - 0.0 0 - 0.0 1 - 0.0 Professiona 0 - 0.0 2 - 0.0 0 - 0.0 0 - 0.0 2 - 0.0 l colleges TOTAL 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 Source: VSPL Note: E-Existing, R-Required

Medical Facilities

There are three dispensaries in operation in Nadaun Nagar Panchayat Area. In the rural areas of the Planning Area, there are two dispensaries at Gagal and Bela villages. As Nadaun is the block and Tehsil head quarter of Nadaun Bock and Nadaun Tehsil, it houses the block hospital in the town. There is one veterinary hospital in the planning area which serves the entire Nadaun Tehsil. Figure 11-3: Sub-Divisional Veterinary Hospital Source: Site Visit With the increase in population and growth of town, there is a great need to make available The existing and proposed health facilities has sufficient health facilities to the inhabitants of been listed below. Zone wise identification of the Planning area. The additional requirement infrastructure gap and distribution of proposed for health facilities has been based on the healthcare facilities is estimated based on the URDPFI Guidelines. projected population for the year 2036.

Table 11-3: Guideline for Healthcare facilities S. Category URDPFI Guidelines Distance Area requirement No. (Population served per unit) Range 1 Dispensary 2,500 2 to 4 km 0.015 to 0.02 Ha 2 Family Welfare Centre 5,000 5 to 10 km 0.025 to 0.050 Ha 3 Nursing Home 15,000 5 to 10 km 0.050 to 0.075 Ha 4 Hospital (200 to 250 beds) 80,000 16 to 20 km 0.840 to 2.100 Ha 5 Veterinary Centre 1000 16 to 20 km 0.050 to 0.100 Ha Source: URDPFI

Two additional dispensaries in Zone B and D Considering the projected population, and one nursing home is required in the entire upgradation of existing hospital in Zone-A is planning area. Presently there are no Family proposed. Presently the hospital is 30 bedded Welfare Centers available in the Planning area which will be upgraded to 50 bedded to cater and there is requirement of atleast three to the growing population. centres. So, it is proposed in Zone B, C and D.

Page | 77 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 11-4: Future demand for healthcare facilities Facilities Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D Total E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area (in Ha) (in Ha) (in Ha) (in Ha) (in Ha) Dispensary 3 - 0.000 1 1 0.020 1 - 0.000 0 1 0.020 5 2 0.040 Family 0 - 0.000 0 1 0.050 0 1 0.050 0 1 0.050 0 3 0.150 Welfare Centre Nursing 0 1 0.075 0 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 0 1 0.075 Home Hospital 1 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 1 - 0.000 Veterinary 1 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 0 - 0.000 1 - 0.000 Hospital 0.125 0.070 0.050 0.070 0.265 Source: Estimation by Voyants Note: E-Existing, R-Required

Public Facilities Jalari, DPF Tillu and Bela villages. The sub post offices are located at Bela and Tillu Pratham 11.4.1 Postal Services Villages. Nadaun Nagar Panchayat has the sub- divisional Post office. All the post offices and The future requirement of postal service in the sub-post offices of Nadaun Tehsil come under planning area has been estimated zone wise the Nadaun divisional Post office. Other than based on the URDPFI Guidelines. the urban Area, post offices are also located at

Table 11-5 Guideline for postal services S. No. Category URDPFI Guidelines Distance Range Area Requirement (Ha) (Population served per unit) 1 Rural Post Office 1000 1 to 2 km - 2 Sub Post Office 2000 2 to 4 km 0.025 to 0.050 3 Post Office 10,000 5 to 7 km 0.10 to 0.15 4 General Post Office 50,000 10 to 15 km 0.20 to 0.40 Source: URDPFI

Table 11-6 Future demand for postal services Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D Total Facilities Area Area Area Area E R Area E R E R E R E R (in Ha) (in Ha (in Ha (in Ha (in Ha Rural Post 0 - 0.00 1 - 0.00 2 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 3 - 0.00 Office Sub Post 0 - 0.00 2 0 0.00 0 2 0.10 0 2 0.10 2 4 0.20 Office Post 1 - 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 1 0.15 0 - 0.00 1 1 0.15 Office TOTAL 0.00 0.00 0.2 0.05 0.35 Source: VSPL Note: E-Existing, R-Required

Page | 78

Nadaun Facilities and Services

There is a requirement of two Sub Post office Nadaun Town is connected by the land line in Zone-D. The Post Offices and Sub Post telephone network. The broad band Offices shall be provided in the Neighborhood connectivity is also there in the town and some Centers. Post office with administrative office of the villages have the internet connection as already exists in Nadaun town in Zone A and well but network connectivity is poor rural one more is proposed in Zone C. areas. There is one telephone exchange in the Nadaun Nagar Panchayat which is enough to 11.4.2 Telecommunication Services serve the projected population of Planning The villages in the Panning area and the Area.

Table 11-7 Guideline for Telephone Service Category Population served Distance Range Area Existing Required per unit Requirement (Ha) Telephone 50,000 10 to 15 km 0.20 to 0.40 1 0 Exchange Source: URDPFI and VSPL Estimation

Police Services There is one police station in Tillu Khas and two Jalari. The following planning norms are police booths in the Planning area. One booth adopted for security facilities for Development is at the bus station and another one is near Plan 2036.

Table 11-8 Guideline for security facilities Category Population served per unit Distance Range Area Requirement (Ha) Police Post 5000 2 to 4 km 0.10 Police Station 15000 5 to 10 km 0.50 Source: URDPFI

One additional police stations and 3-number of Stations are to be provided as part of facility Police posts are required, which shall be centres. distributed as shown in Table 11-9. The Police

Table 11-9 Future requirement for security facilities Facilities Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D Total E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area (in Ha) (in Ha) (in Ha) (in Ha) (in Ha) Police Post 1 1 0.10 0 1 0.10 1 - 0.00 0 1 0.10 2 3 0.30 Police 0 - 0.00 0 1 0.50 1 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 1 1 0.50 Station TOTAL 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.10 0.80 Source: VSPL Note: E-Existing, R-Required

Safety 11.6.1 Fire Services immediately. The necessary help would take at There are no fire-fighting stations inside the least one hour to reach at the destination. planning area. The nearest fire-fighting station As per URDPFI Guidelines, one fire station is required to cater to 50,000 population. Fire is located at Hamirpur town which is 28km far stations required in the Planning Area has been from Nadaun. If fire breaks out in the planning listed in Table 11-10. area there is no facility to tackle the situation

Page | 79 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 11-10 Future demand for fire stations Facilities Existing Required Population Served Distance Range Area Requirement (Ha) Fire station 0 1 50,000 - 0.3 to 0.8 Source: VSPL

The fire station would be provided in the plots as far as possible and on main Facility centres. roads with minimum two entries The following Guidelines are to be followed for 2. Fire Station shall be permitted in all locating the Fire Station and other Fire Fighting land use zones except recreational Facilities in the Planning Area: 1. Fire Station to be located on corner and eco-sensitive zones. 11.6.2 Disaster Management Centre Disaster management cell should work under community welfare centre. Based on the Sub-Divisional Magistrate officer. No such guidelines mentioned below, the future Disaster management cell is operational in requirement of socio-cultural facilities has Nadaun Sub-division. The area falls under been estimated for the Planning area. earth quake risk zone which depicts disaster can hit the area any time. Banquet hall and Community Welfare Center is As per URDPFI Guidelines, one Disaster proposed in Zone-D to cater to the need of Management Centre is required to cater to projected population. 20,000 population within 5-10 km radius. Since, the Planning area is prone to natural hazards therefore one Disaster Management Centre has been proposed within zone D with suitable open area for soft parking, temporary shelter etc.

Socio-Culture Facilities In terms of socio-cultural facilities, only one banquet hall is existing in the Planning area. Figure 11-4: Community Hall The availability of community facilities in the Source: Site Visit Planning area is not adequate. There is shortage of facilities like public library and

Table 11-11 Guideline for other community facilities S. No. Category URDPFI Guidelines Distance Range Area Requirement (Ha) (Population served per unit) 1 Banquet Hall 10,000 5 to 10 km 0.10 2 Community Welfare 16,000 5 to 7 km 0.10 to 0.15 Center Source: URDPFI

Table 11-12 Future demand for other community facilities Facilities Existing Required Area (Ha) Banquet Hall 1 1 0.10 Community Welfare Center 0 1 0.15 Source: VSPL Distributive Facilities Station and Petrol Pumps. Presently there are Distributive Facilities include Food grain three Petrol Pumps. distribution, Milk Booth, LPG Godown, Fuel In terms of distribution services, Page | 80

Nadaun Facilities and Services

the Planning area requires a LPG Godown /Gas recreational facilities is very low in comparison Godown and two Milk booths to meet the to the growth of the Planning area. Existing demand of 2036 population. open spaces are generally scattered and are not interconnected. Therefore, the Other Facilities requirement for recreational facilities for the year 2036 has been estimated based on 11.9.1 Institutional and Religious URDPFI Guidelines. Norms for cluster level, facilities neighbourhood and city level is given in Table The Planning area has many religious buildings 11-13 and provision for the same in Error! spread all over the area. Most of these are Reference source not found. temples and only one Gurudwara. The important religious sites include Gurudwara Cluster Level Sahib Patasahi at Kot and Shiv Temple at Seri. Recreational Spaces At neighborhood level one Place of worship is proposed. The present land allocation for the recreational facilities is very low in comparison to the need of the Planning area. There is only one park in the entire planning area near Shiv Temple. There is a great need to provide more gardens, parks, and playgrounds in the area.

Figure 11-5: Shiv Temple in Nadaun Source: Site Visit

11.9.2 Cremation/ Burial Ground and Cemetery

As per URDPFI Guidelines, one Cremation Figure 11-6:Existing Park in Nadaun Planning Area Ground is required to cater to 10,000 Source: Site Visit populations within 5-10 km radius. The cremation grounds presently functioning in Additional three Housing Area Parks are Zone-A in Kot is proposed to be retained. The required, one in each zone ie in Zone-B, Zone- cremation ground situated shall continue to C and Zone-D. two neighbourhood parks are function. One more Cremation Ground is proposed in Zone A and Zone D respectively. proposed in zone Also, Botanical Garden and Recreational Sports and Complex Including Zoo is proposed in Zone C. Recreation The Planning area lacks in organised green spaces. The present land allocation for the

Table 11-13 Guideline for recreation facilities

S. No. Category (Population served per unit) Area Requirement (Ha)

1 Housing Area Park 5,000 0.5 to 1.00 2 Neighbourhood Park 10,000 1.20 to 2.00 3 City Parks/ playgrounds/maidan/ For entire town at one or more -- exhibition grounds/ cultural sites, depending upon design and gathering grounds space availability

Page | 81 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

S. No. Category (Population served per unit) Area Requirement (Ha)

4 Botanical Garden 1 for every town 10.00 to 20.00 5 Recreational complex including zoo 1 for every settlement with tourist 10.00 to 12.00 potential Source: URDPFI

Table 11-14 Future demand for recreational facilities Facilities Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D Total E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area (Ha) (Ha) (Ha) (Ha) (Ha) Housing Area 1 - 0.00 0 1 1.00 0 1 1.00 0 1 1.00 1 3 3.00 Park Neighbourhood 0 1 2.00 0 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 0 1 2.00 0 2 4.00 Park City Parks/ playgrounds/mai dan/ exhibition 2 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 2 - 0.00 grounds/ cultural gathering grounds Botanical Garden 0 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 0 1 10.0 0 - 0.00 0 1 10.0 Recreational complex 0 - 0.00 0 - 0.00 0 1 10.0 0 - 0.00 0 1 10.0 including zoo Total 2.00 1.00 21.00 3.00 27.00 Source: Estimated by Voyants Neighborhood Level Recreational Spaces There are no designated neighbourhood parks in Nadaun and its surroundings. There is a need to provide for existing as well as for proposed population. Two neighbourhood parks are proposed in Zone A and Zone D.

City Level Figure 11-7: Ramlila Maidan Source: Site Visit Recreational Spaces There is one play ground near the bus stand Other than this there are no city level and one maidan next to SDO office in ward no. recreational facilities available in Nadaun 2 where various cultural events like Ramlila Planning Area there is a need of the same. The and sometimes political/ election rallies are future demand for higher order recreational held. facilities has been estimated based on the One Botanical Garden and one Recreation existing and projected population of the complex including zoo is proposed in Zone C. Planning area.

Page | 82

Nadaun Facilities and Services

Sports Facilities There is one state level govt. cricket stadium in Nadaun where many of the state level matches have been held. This is an important feature of Nadaun town. The norms for the provision of Sports areas are given in Table 11-15

As per the guidelines four residential play area is required to serve the growing population. The play area will be distributed in each zone. Also, a neighborhood play area is proposed in Figure 11-8: Atal Bihari Vajpayee Stadium in Bela Zone D. Source: Site Visit

Table 11-15 Guideline for sports facilities

S. No. Category (Population served per unit) Area Requirement (Ha)

1 Residential unit play area 5,000 0.5 2 Neighbourhood Play area 15,000 1.5 Source: URDPFI

Table 11-16 Future demand for sports facilities Facilities Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D Total E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area E R Area (Ha) (Ha) (Ha) (Ha) (Ha) Residential unit 0 1 0.5 0 1 0.5 0 1 0.5 0 1 0.5 0 4 2.0 play area Neighbourhoo 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 1 1.5 0 1 1.5 d Play area Source: Estimation by Voyants Green Belt The city has large eco-sensitive areas like and also, development of 2mt. green buffer natural drains and river which needs to be around the natural drains is proposed to preserved. The proposal provides for green conserve the natural drainage in the planning buffer as Green Belt along the water bodies. A area. buffer of 10 mts along Beas River is proposed

Page | 83 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Page | 84 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure

12 Basic Infrastructure Water Supply  12.1.1 General Domestic needs for households such as drinking, cooking, bathing, washing, The main objective of the proposal is to supply flushing of toilets, etc. continuous (24 hours) water to the consumers  Institutional needs (day/boarding schools with sufficient flow and pressure. and colleges, shops, markets, offices,  Develop strategies for improvement and hospitals, nursing homes and medical utilization of existing water supply schemes quarters, etc. for the potential demands and adequate  Tourist needs (hotels, restaurants, etc.) supply of potable water in the region.  Public purposes such as watering of public  Reduction in wastage of water parks, religious places, airports  To create awareness and responsibility for  Commercial uses, consumption of water  Industrial uses  Ensure supply of adequate quantity of  Fire-fighting through fire station & fire water of desired quality through a most tender(s) desirable period of time of the day. Supply points should be located at close proximity 12.1.3 Demand Estimation to the households Estimation of water demand is made as per  Systems should function with minimum requirements of the projected population for interruption and failures. the year 2036. The existing water supply  Existing system components to be utilized system for the planning area is not sufficient to to the possible extent cater even the existing water demand of the  Proposed system components to be area. Nadaun Planning Area utilizes both suitable for sustained operation surface water and groundwater to cater to its  Ensure construction ease domestic as well as agricultural water supply  Consumer satisfaction to be given high needs. Surface water is the major source of priority water supply for the planning area.  100% metering with good quality meters having long life spans. Project area has been further divided into 4  Provide better services to urban poor by planning zones. Based on CPHEEO Manual, implementation of slum policy. norms adopted for calculated water demand  Improve satisfaction for stakeholders. for base year, intermediate year and vision year. 12.1.2 Project Users

Projects users for piped water supply are As per URDPFI guidelines, the water required basically the communities for different uses for firefighting purpose demand on total such as, residential water demand is 1 – 2 % of total water demand. In 2036, water required for firefighting purpose will be 0.06 MLD. The

Page | 85 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun transmission and distribution losses are demand for various activities in the Planning assumed to be 15 % of the total water demand. area is given below. Based on this framework the estimated water

Table 122-1 Water Demand and Gap Year Description 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 Proposed Population Urban Population 5220 6097 7389 8903 10500 Rural Population 5886 6346 6552 6716 7001 Total Population 11106 12443 13941 15619 17501 Projected Water Demand (MLD) Residential Demand 1.28 1.35 1.38 1.39 1.91 Commercial Demand 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 Industrial Demand 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.16 Institutional Demand 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 Other Demand 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.11 Floating Demand 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.17 Total Water Demand 1.61 1.71 1.77 1.83 2.47 15% losses 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.37 Sub Total (A) 1.85 1.97 2.04 2.10 2.84 2% Fire Fighting 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 Grand Total of Water Demand 1.89 2.01 2.08 2.14 2.89 Existing Supply 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 Gap in Supply 1.11 1.23 1.30 1.36 2.11 Source: Projected by Voyants

The total water demand for base year 2016 is Hence to bridge the supply gap, water supply 1.89 MLD including tourist, commercial, system need to be augmented to meet out industrial, floating, fire-fighting and UFW. At water demand at different stages. present, water is supplied as the rate of 70 lpcd i.e. 0.78 MLD which does not take into account 12.1.4 Water Sources and Treatment: the floating population and firefighting load, The existing water sources can be used to meet which cannot fulfil the base year demand. up water demand for the Planning area. Since, sewerage system is under construction, Presently, Existing water treatment plant is water demand should be increased to 135lpcd required to be augmented as per demand for residential demand and 45lpcd for other estimation. Proposed WTP demand estimated demand, excluding fire-fighting and UFW. as per CPHEEO Manual, India.

Table 12-2: Water Treatment Demand Year Description 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 Total Water Demand 1.89 2.01 2.08 2.14 2.89 WTP Capacity (MLD), consider 5% losses in WTP 2.16 2.30 2.38 2.45 3.32 Existing WTP Capacity (MLD) 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 Augmentation required (MLD) 1.38 1.52 1.60 1.67 2.54 Source: Projected by Voyants

Page | 86 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure

12.1.5 Water Storage and Distribution Presently, there is no fire stations inside the Zoning in the distribution system ensures planning area. The nearest fire station is equalization of supply of water throughout the located at Hamirpur town which is 28km far area. The zoning of the area will be done mainly from Nadaun. on the basis of topography, population and geographic features. The service reservoirs will As per information received from IPH, Nadaun, be provided at the highest elevation of the site, one UGR of capacity 10,000 Ltr. is proposed for so that the distribution can be by gravity for dedicatedly fire-fighting. majority of the supply area. 12.1.7 Operation and Maintenance Present capacity of storage reservoir at entire System Planning area is 1.87ML. The required storage Water supply provision is one of the most capacity of service reservoirs 0.85 ML per day conspicuous of urban activities. However, non- for the vision year based on 24x7 water supply availability of sufficient capital investment and system. So, existing service reservoirs can be inadequate operation and maintenance used to supply water to end users, depending combined with a growing population upon the physical condition. demanding higher service levels has reduced 12.1.6 Fire stations and other fire- the effectiveness of water supply services. fighting facilities There is a need to comprehensively address the underlying issues of systematic short-term and Generally, firefighting network are designed long-term planning, efficient implementation, for minimum 50 psi at each node in the system. building institutional capacities to sustain This type of network would need to be services and improving customer interface. designed independently or the combined water supply and firefighting network. There is differential water pricing in Nadaun

Planning Area. Water tariff for domestic The population size and given extent, it is not connection in Nadaun urban area is Rs 107/- economically viable to design a firefighting per month while the same in rural areas is Rs network independently or combined, that is 28/- per month. From April’2016 onwards, the fully capable of meeting firefighting water tariff in urban area has been revised. requirements. domestic tariff is Rs. 11.40/KL and Commercial

connection also follows the differential pricing As a result, it is recommended that the system with Rs. 22.40 per 1000 litres in urban firefighting services will be catered through a areas and Rs 50/- per month in rural area of fire station. According to the standards set by planning area. URDPFI, one fire sub-station has to be located within 3-4 km radius with essential residential 12.1.8 Potable Water Development accommodation which would serve at least Strategies 50000 people. Each fire station will have dedicated water reservoir with adequate Short Term Strategies capacity within its premises which will be  100% coverage supplied from nearest service reservoir. Fire  Replacement or Repair the old/defunct hydrants on the periphery exclusively for fire- system fighting services should be considered in  Streamlining of household connections Residential/ commercial/ industrial zones. as well as legalized connections Necessary provisions for laying underground/  Implementation of 100% Consumer over ground fire-fighting measures, water metering system lines, hydrants etc. may be kept. The  Awareness program for optimization concerned agencies shall take approval from Fire Department for fire-fighting measures of water use, recycling and recharging while laying the services for an area.  Implementation of Rainwater Harvesting Scheme

Page | 87 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

 Introducing SCADA system to minimise pathogens. Provision of facilities and services water losses and theft for the wastewater treatment is very essential  Complaint redressal centers to be set because 80% of diseases are caused by up to look after the issues on water improper sanitation / inadequate hygienic conditions. A 10% extra investment in supply wastewater treatment is expected to result in Long Term Strategies an 80% savings in providing basic health care.  Use of Recycled water for meeting Improper wastewater management also has significant adverse effect on wild life and horticulture, air-conditioning, fisheries. Discharge of wastewater into water industrial cooling and other non- bodies also leads to loss of recreational potable uses facilities and quality of life.  Detailed Operation and Maintenance Programme The components of sewerage system are the  Implementation of Flood Water house connection, conveyance network, Harvesting Scheme pumping system, the treatment facility and the disposal strategy. The conveyance is by gravity Sewerage System and the treatment facility is located at the lowest point. Availability of sufficient quantity of safe water 12.2.1 Proposal for Development is a basic requirement for survival of human beings. Water can be contaminated by several An efficient sewerage and wastewater disposal means. Most of the bacteriological system is of critical importance with respect to contamination of water originates from the maintaining high standards of health and feces of human, animals and birds. Discharge of hygiene in the Planning area. The sewerage domestic sewage, rotten food materials and system proposed for Planning area aims at the vegetation also can cause bacteriological provision of such a facility in a cost effective contamination of water. Due to the wide and organized manner, by establishing a practice of septic tanks in habitations without hierarchical distribution of sewer networks in collection systems, absence of appropriate the urban landscape. The aim here is to necessary further downstream treatment, non- regulate the diameter of the sewerage pipes, availability of supportive sullage management which is the costliest entity of the system, by and absence of septage management, establishing a distinct hierarchy in the especially in relatively denser populations in collection system catering to its optimal needs. peri-urban and land scarce areas, compounded by open defecation in rural settings in sandy Taking 80% of total water supply and 10% soils, much of the shallow groundwater as well infiltration as per CPHEEO Manual, future as surface water sources are contaminated by sewage generation projected is as follows:

Table.12-3: Sewerage Generation and Gap Year Description 2016 2021 2026 2031 2036 Sewage Generation (MLD) 1.48 1.57 1.63 1.68 2.27 Total Sewage Generation including infiltration (MLD) 1.63 1.73 1.79 1.85 2.50 STP Capacity (MLD) 1.71 1.82 1.88 1.94 2.62 Existing STP Capacity (MLD) 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 Augmentation required (MLD) 0.02 0.13 0.19 0.25 0.93 Source: Projected by Voyants

* Proposed 1.50 MLD STP is under construction Currently, the planning area generates 1.71 treated. Projected generation for 2036 will be MLD of sewage. Currently no sewage is being 2.62 MLD. There is a gap of 0.19 MLD and 0.93

Page | 88 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure

MLD in treatment capacities of intermediate and vision year respectively. In addition, there are number of Nalas which Table 12- 4: Sewerage Generation from various zones have their outfall into these natural water Sewerage Generation – 2036 Zone No. channels. These small water channels (MLD) discharge runoff from the surrounding areas. ZONE-A 0.98 Most of the drains are in poor condition which ZONE-B 0.68 requires de-silting, channelization and lining. ZONE-C 0.41 The discharge from the Nalas flows into the ZONE-D 0.43 Beas and Maan Khad River as four places on the Total 2.50 north-west bank of the river/khad within the Source: Projected by Voyants Nadaun town.

Reuse options for treated wastewater – The In the rural areas of Nadaun Planning Area, outlet water quality parameters after there are 20% houses connected with closed treatment should be in accordance with drainage, 70% with open drainage and rest 10% IS:10500. Possibilities of reuse of waste water houses do not have any access to drainage shall needs to be incorporated in the detailed facilities whereas in urban area, 32% houses masterplan on sewerage system to reduce the have closed drainage, 63% have open drainage burden on water supply system. Treated water and rest 5% do not have any access to from STP should be recycled as per URPDFI drainages. Guidelines and sludge can be used as manure for agriculture and plantation. It should be 12.3.1 Storm Water Drainage Proposal aimed to achieve 100% coverage of sewerage As per CPHEEO Manual on Sewage and sewage connections to every household. treatment, Clause 3.3.1.1 to 3.3.1.3, Rainfall intensity calculated from monthly rainfall data Storm Water Drainage of last 11 years comes out to be 81.70 mm/hr. Network considering once in 5 years as storm frequency As per the gap and deficiency identified in the and 30 minutes as Time of concentration. existing drainage system of the town, an Rational method was used for computation of integrated approach is required to cater the run-off. sustainable drainage solution. As an integrated approach, some of the drains will run alongside As an integrated approach, some of the drains of the roads (Roadside Drains) and others may will run alongside of the roads (Roadside follow natural slope (Cross Drain). Drains) and others may follow natural slope (Cross Drain). The Planning area is broadly Topography and natural drainage pattern of divided into 16 catchments, which is further the area is from south-east to north-west, divided into smaller sub-catchments. All the north and north-east. Nadaun Planning Area major Catchments draining itself to major has two natural water channels namely Beas streams/water bodies. Key feature of the River on the northern and north-eastern side network is use of natural streams, to minimize and Maan Khad on the north-western side. the drain section. Several outfalls are proposed Beas River flows from north-east to north-west in order to enable safe conveyance of runoff and Maan Khad flows from north to south. The discharge. Two major streams flowing through surface run off is mostly toward north and the project area receives run off through major north-west to south. The area is not vulnerable catchment basin. to floods.

Page | 89 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

300

250

200

150

100

50

Rain fall intensity /hr (i) intensity in fall mm Rain 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Duration (t) in min

Figure 12-1: Intensity-Duration Curve Source : Voyants, Gurgaon

Table 12- 5: Runoff in each Catchments S. NO. CATCHMENT NO. AREA (SQM) Runoff (in Cumecs) 1 CA-01 929664.71 13.714 2 CA-02 619272.52 9.135 3 CA-03 932952.98 13.762 4 CA-04 382629.43 5.644 5 CA-05 1087207.78 16.038 6 CA-06 646142.04 9.531 7 CA-07 485875.09 7.167 8 CA-08 236789.21 3.493 9 CA-09 224590.04 3.313 10 CA-10 919581.94 13.565 11 CA-11 554813.09 8.184 12 CA-12 253388.35 3.738 13 CA-13 162760.28 2.401 14 CA-14 299527.39 4.418 15 CA-15 558992.12 8.246 16 CA-16 682108.43 10.062 Total 8976295.39 132.41 Source : Voyants, Gurgaon

The drains will run along the roads, either one proposed at every 50-m interval. side or both side as per road camber. Wherever the drain proposed to be closed, it will be necessary to provide a horizontal/vertical entry into the drain at the same time not obstructing free passage for the pedestrians or vehicles. Hence, wherever road of width greater than 10 m, kerb opening inlets as shown are proposed Figure 12-2: Sketch of Kerb Opening inlet at every 50-m interval to provide horizontal Source: Voyants, Gurgaon entry into the drain. Since the roads with road width less than 10 m cannot accommodate

Kerb Inlets, Perforated Cover Slabs are

Page | 90 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure

All the primary and secondary drains should be rate exceeding that under natural conditions of covered. These covers will protect the storm replenishment. For the economic design of drains from disposal of garbage, debris, etc. drains it is necessary to trap the rain water by and also may serve as walkway for pedestrian rain water harvesting structures. in narrow roads. Natural storm water should not have mixed with sewage/sullage and Need garbage. There are need for provisions of  To overcome the inadequacy restoration of rainwater for meeting the of waters to meet our upcoming water demand for agriculture and demands. other household purposes by upgrading the existing water bodies/ponds.  To arrest decline in ground It is also proposed to consider velocity breaker water levels. to reduce the scouring velocity during detail  To enhance availability of engineering of storm water drainage system. ground water at specific place 12.3.2 Flood Management and time and utilize rainwater It is proposed to rejuvenate the rivers and for sustainable development. study the existing detailed condition of culverts  To increase infiltration of rain and bridges to improve their hydraulic water in the subsoil which has capacity. There is a need to improve the natural decreased drastically in urban drainage pattern by de-silting the natural areas due to paving of open drains and removing the blockages created by area. sewage. The existing storm network along the roads needs to be strengthened in terms of  To improve ground water coverage and capacity. A hydrology model quality by dilution. should be developed and flood lines of 25 and  To increase agriculture 50 years need to mapped based on the production. modelling.  To improve ecology of the area There would be a requirement of estimation of by increase in vegetation flood generated from each stream and to cover, etc. provide adequate numbers of structures at each crossing of rivers/streams with the Advantages proposed roads within the Planning area. While  Cost of recharge to sub- planning any development, the objective is surface reservoir is lower than kept in mind that there is no flooding, no surface reservoirs. interruption in communication because of the flooding. To achieve this, the extent of flood  The aquifer serves as and its duration shall be noted down at critical distribution system also. locations so that the formation levels/plinth  No land is wasted for storage levels of the infrastructure can be finalised purpose and no population keeping in mind the flood levels at flood prone areas. displacement is involved.  Ground water is not directly 12.3.3 Rainwater Harvesting exposed to evaporation and Rain water harvesting is the technique of pollution. collection and storage of rain water at surface or in sub-surface aquifers, before it is lost as  Storing water underground is surface run-off. The augmented resource can environment friendly. be harvested in the time of need. Artificial  It increases the productivity of recharge to ground water is a process by which aquifer. the ground water reservoir is augmented at

Page | 91 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

 It reduces flood hazards. a way that it does not occupy  Effects rise in ground water large space for collection and levels. recharge system. A few techniques of roof top rain  Mitigates the effects of water harvesting in urban drought. areas are below.  Reduces soil erosion. o Recharge Pit Design Considerations o Recharge Trench The important aspects to be looked into for o Tubewell designing a rainwater harvesting system to o Recharge Well augment ground water resources are:  Rainwater harvesting is taken  Hydrogeology of the area up considering watershed as a including nature and extent of unit. Surface spreading aquifer, soil cover, techniques are common since topography, depth to water space for such systems is level and chemical quality of available in plenty and ground water. quantity of recharged water is  The availability of source also large. Following water, one of the prime techniques may be adopted to requisite for ground water save water going waste recharge, basically assessed in through slopes, rivers, rivulets terms of non-committed and nallas surplus monsoon runoff. o Gully Plug  Area contributing run off like o Contour Bund area available, land use o Gabion Structures pattern, industrial, residential, o Percolation Tanks green belt, paved areas, roof o Check Dam/ Cement top area etc. Plug/ Nala Bund  Hydro-meteorological o Recharge Shaft characters like rainfall o Dugwell Recharge duration, general pattern and o Groundwater Dams/ intensity of rainfall. Subsurface Dyke

Methods & Techniques for Rainwater 12.3.4 Recommendation Harvesting Storm water Drainage (SWD) system should The methods of ground water recharge mainly designed as a separate system to carry storm are: water by gravity for the entire project area.  Rainwater available from roof Storm water drains are designed with a certain gradient, which will create a self-cleansing tops of buildings, paved and velocity, as these drains will carry storm water unpaved areas goes waste. along with grit, silt and other impurities. All the This water can be recharged to primary storm water drains should be designed aquifer and can be utilized to have a capacity to carry the total discharge gainfully at the time of need. of all secondary and tertiary storm water The rain water harvesting drains. system needs to be designed in Regular and proper operation and

Page | 92 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure maintenance of drainage facility is essential to town, there is 100% door-to-door solid waste function. It is also accepted that for quality collection from Ward nos. 2 to 5 and 80% maintenance of drainage system, optimum use collection from Ward nos. 1 and 6 while there of labour, equipment and material is required is only partial collection of solid waste from to keep the system in good condition, so that Wards no. 7. The primary door-to-door- storm water is efficiently conveyed up to collection of solid waste takes place manually disposal point. through 4 wheel barrows. The areas which are not served by door-to-door collection, The proposed development site is located community bins have been provided by the along coastline, so, to avoid flooding, High Nagar Panchayat. There are 7 dumper flood level of existing streams should be community bins of size 4’ x 6’ x 5’and two small considered for designing the storm water dust bins of size 1’x 1’ within the urban area. drains. Loading and unloading is done manually and The Authority has to put down the rules for the waste is transported through a tractor owned rainwater harvesting structures. by the Nagar Panchayat. There is no door-to- door collection of solid waste in the rural areas Solid Waste Management of the planning area.

Nadaun Nagar Panchayat looks after the The Table 12.5 gives estimated solid waste collection and transportation of solid waste in generated in the Planning area at the end of urban areas. Out of the 7 wards of Nadaun the plan period (2036) and the estimated waste reaching the land fill site.

Table 12- 6: Estimated MSW generation Description Year Annual Solid Waste Annual Accumulated Solid Generation (tons/day) Waste Generation (tons/day) Current 2016 2.41 2.41 Intermediate 2026 3.09 8.26 Vision 2036 4.94 16.66 Source : Voyants, Gurgaon

The following assumptions were considered: quantity of SW generated would be around i. Waste generated per day: 0.25 kg per 4.94 ton daily (2036). Accumulated quantities capita per day in the year 2036 will around 16.66 tons /day. ii. Solid waste growth factor: 1.33 12.4.1 Proposals for Solid Waste percent per annum (ministry of urban Processing and Disposal development standard) One Landfill site of 6800sqm excluding buffer iii. Quantity of solid waste reaching around each for vision year demand. Based on landfill: 39 percent of total waste the norms established by the CPHEEO and (based on national average) MoEF, the landfill sites should include a buffer iv. Landfill height: 3 m above surface around each. The buffer area will be under thick vegetation. v. Density of compacted waste: 0.5

t/cu.m. Apart from the landfill sites, transfer stations As per the Nadaun Nagar Panchayat, 8 to 9 are also proposed. Locations for solid waste quintals i.e., 0.8 to 0.9 MT of solid waste is transfer stations should be along the main generated in Nadaun town per day, which transportation corridors in the Planning area. works out to be 180 to 200 gms/cap/day for a Segregation of waste at source level is population of 4430 people in Nadaun town. proposed and recyclable material will be collected from source points by registered rag If calculated with the adapted standard the pickers. There will be provision for setting up

Page | 93 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Waste to energy plants with techniques to Demand Load and projected Energy reduce emission of pollutants in air and Consumption for the next 20 years. This load utilizing its end products efficiently. forecasting study will help to propose

generation, transmission and distribution Better transport facilities for carrying waste are proposed. Balers are proposed for compaction expansion programs on the basis of economic of the inert waste and thereby increasing the activities and population growth at Nadaun density of waste and reducing the area and Town cover for landfill sites. After analyzing the data, it is found that the key For small town like Nadaun, Integrated Solid factors which can affect the load forecast for Waste Management system can be developed the Nadaun town for the next twenty years are like Trans-municipal SWM system in PPP mode. as follows: - Estimation of suppressed demand Electrical Network - High level of unmetered sale - High transmission and distribution 12.5.1 Existing Situation losses The power supply of Nadaun town is being managed from 2X16/20MVA, 132/33kV DEHR In this study, the settlements have been substation which is 22.7km (ckM) and from categorized based on population and 2X25/31.5MVA, 132/33kV Hamirpur – I urbanization level. The per-capita or per- Substation which is 19.4km (ckM) away from household electricity consumption will vary Nadaun. The other available power source is from one type to another depending on the Hamirpur-II (Mattan Sindh) with 3x80/100 population growth and the expected future MVA, 220/132 kV. development in each type.

Hydroelectricity is the main source of power 12.5.3 Key Assumptions in Demand Forecasting Study: supply for HPSEB as well as HPSEB exports power through major transmission lines to . Base Year and Forecast Horizon various parts in India. Base year for forecasting has been considered as 2016. The forecast has been carried out from Based on the information collected during site 2016 to 2036. visits, it is found that four no's. 11kVFeeder, emanating from Gaggal 33/11kV Substation . On Energy Input Basis feeding the Nadaun Town area. The details of The historical annual growths of input energy existing power infrastructures are as presented are tabulated below to understand the growth in Table 12.6 rate of power demand: Year wise Data Energy 12.5.2 Electricity Demand Forecasting FY FY FY Consumption (2013- (2014- (2015- Load forecast is the first stage in planning any 14) 15) 16) power system. It serves as an input for the Input Energy 1843868 2071776 209487 most critical areas of the power system (kwh) 7 7 34 Historical Growth 4.35% planning namely, generation, transmission, Rate and distribution planning and tariff setting. The aim of load forecast study is to provide a . On Energy Sale Basis comparative between the projected Peak The historical annual growths of energy sales

Page | 94 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure data are tabulated below to understand the energy sale growth: Year wise Data Energy Sale FY FY FY (2013- (2014- (2015- 14) 15) 16)

Energy Billed 15713051 18094294 19387313 (kWh) Historical 7.26% Growth Rate

Table 12-7: Details of existing power infrastructure A. Basic Information Particular Unit Details Name of the Project Area Nadaun District Hamirpur Total Number of Consumers No. 2143 Total Population (as per 2011 census) No. 9912 B. Asset Information Particular Unit Details Total Number of 33/11 kV Sub-stations feeding the Numbers 1 Project Area Number & capacity of Power Transformers Numbers/MVA *Not Available Total Number 11 kV Feeders feeding the Project Area Numbers 4 Total Length of 11 kV Feeders kM *Not Available Total Number of Distribution Transformers Numbers 18 Total Capacity of Distribution Transformers MVA 2 C. Commercial Information Particulars FY (2013-14) FY (2014-15) FY (2015-16) Energy Input kWH 18438687 20717767 20948734 Metered Energy Sales kWH 15070729 16573398 17342013 Assessed Energy kWH 16694382 17331496 17772591 Total Energy Billed kWH 15713051 18094294 19387313 Revenue Billed Rs. lac 86591871 87581543 113951420 Revenue collected Rs. lac 78186824 84306415 92519284 Billing Efficiency % 85% 87% 92% Collection Efficiency % 90% 96% 81% AT&C Losses % 23.05% 15.93% 24.97%

Page | 95 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

DETAILS OF EXISTING LOAD DISTRIBUTION AND DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS (FEEDER WISE) AREA OF THE PROJECT Nadaun, Himachal Pradesh

SUBSTATION NAME 33/11kV Gaggal SS

11kV Feeders (Nadaun, Kohla-Sera, Bhumpal, Majheen) FEEDER NAME

Domestic Load Commercial Load Additional Anticipated

Ratin (Authorized) (Authorized) Demand Max. Max Others Max DT Location of DT g of Total Nos. NDNC due to Load Demand at Demand Load Demand No DT of 1- Ph Total 1- Ph Total Growth for the end of Remarks . consumer 5yrs horizon year Name of the Revenue Village / No k kVA kVA No. kW kW No. kW kW No. kW kW kVA kVA Dist. SS . W A Nadaun Feeder 1 Nagarda (NP) 100 181 130 100 100 100 29 58 58 1 5 0 163 36 217 2 Dole Gharan (NP) - VTH 250 372 251 176 176 176 70 140 140 3 15 2 4 335 74 447 Feeder wise 3 Seri (NP) - Nadaun 250 1014 713 531 531 531 175 350 350 6 30 1 2 913 203 1217 consumer 4 Kuthar -Kuthar I 25 81 69 65 65 65 4 8 8 0 0 73 16 97 details data need to be rechecked 5 DPF Kuthar - Kuthar II 25 108 76 55 55 55 21 42 42 0 0 97 22 129

6 Bela 100 59 39 25 25 25 14 28 28 0 0 53 12 71 B Kohla-Sera Feeder 1 Bharmoti Kalan - Bharmoti I 250 78 62 54 54 54 8 16 16 0 0 70 16 93 2 Bharmoti Kalan - Bharmoti II 25 47 36 30 30 30 6 12 12 0 0 42 9 56 3 Bharmoti Kalan -Mangal I 63 27 22 20 20 20 2 4 4 0 0 24 5 32 4 KOT (NP) 100 241 209 201 201 201 8 16 16 0 0 217 48 289 Overloaded C Bhumpal Feeder 1 Jalari-Saukhlan - Jalari I 100 150 135 135 135 135 0 0 0 0 135 30 180 Overloaded 2 Harmandir Mandiala - Jalari III 63 26 15 7 7 7 8 16 16 0 0 23 5 31 3 Harmandir Rukwalan - Jalari II 100 163 120 93 93 93 27 54 54 0 0 147 33 196 Overloaded 4 Gaggal - Jalari IV 63 97 77 70 70 70 6 12 12 1 5 0 87 19 116 Overloaded 5 Gaggal - Degree College 100 66 53 50 50 50 2 4 4 1 5 0 59 13 79 D Majheen Feeder 1 Tillu DPF - Tillu 250 77 66 63 63 63 3 6 6 0 0 69 15 92 2 Tillu Khas - Tillu I 25 8 7 7 7 7 0 0 0 0 7 2 9 3 Tillu Pratham - Tillu II 63 70 63 63 63 63 0 0 0 0 63 14 84

1952 2863 2143 1745 1745 1745 383 766 766 12 60 3 6 2577 573 3436

Page | 96 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure

distribution network considering the impact of 12.5.4 Expansion Proposal: projected load growth. The development plan of entire Nadaun town is proposed into four zones, A, B, C & D The following critical areas also need to be respectively. Based upon the cumulative power attended for improve the energy efficiency. usages growth rate, refer 1.3, the projected i. Introduction of energy audits and design load forecasting of the Nadaun town over the of energy efficient buildings next 20 years is given below table: ii. AT&C losses reduction 2021 2026 2016 - 2031 - iii. Load management techniques and energy Years - - 2021 2036 2026 2031 accounting Power iv. Promotion of new and renewable sources Demand 3.42 4.5 6 7.98 of energy (MW) v. Replacement of low efficiency

incandescent lamp with CFL/LED. The estimated power requirement of Nadaun

Town till 2036 is 7.98MW. To meet the additional power requirement till 2036, the 12.5.6 Design Standards & Codes addition or augmentation of existing 33/11kV Gaggal Substation shall be required and All Design, manufacturing, construction, addition of new primary and secondary workmanship, testing and installation are to substation with addition/ upgradation of confirm to all acts, laws, rules- regulations and subsequent distribution networks. safety codes applicable in the jurisdiction of this project. The current edition of the 12.5.5 Planning Criteria following standards and codes, so far as applicable:

. BIS: Bureau of Indian Standard. The power infrastructure development of . IEC: International Electro technical Nadaun Town is proposed with HVDS system commission. by extension of 11kV Network and potential . IEEE: Institute of Electrical & Electronic reduction in Low Voltage Network. For Engineers implementation of HVDS system, new 11kv . Regulations lay down by Himachal feeder will be created including augmentation Pradesh Electricity Regulatory & bifurcation of existing 11kV feeders to Commission. improve the quality of power supply and . Prevailing norms & Guidelines of HPSEB Reduction in distribution losses. All the . Regulations lay down by HIMURJA. consumers are to be feed through energy . BS: British Standards meters which is RS 485 enabled, with a . NEC: National Electrical Code. futuristic view for implementation of SCADA. . NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturing

Association. The planning has been optimized to minimize . Regulations lay down by Indian Electricity the overall cost. This optimization considers Rules. the numbers of circuits requirement, it`s . Any other regulations lay down by local capacity of distribution and also the location, authorities. timing and additional capacity of the proposed network during operation. The optimization includes an assessment of cost for OH

Page | 97 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Regulations lay down by tariff advisory Table 12-12: Demand losses in various elements of Power system (% of kW generation) committee and Fire insurance regulations S. N. System Element Target Max. level tolerable limit 12.5.7 System Parameters: 1 High voltage 3.00 5.0 Table 12-8: Standard System Voltage distribution Nominal Voltage Kv 33 11 system 2 Low voltage 1.00 2.0 Rated Voltage kV 36 12 distribution Rated Frequency Hz 50 50 system System Neutral Earthing Solidly Grounded Rated Current A To suit load 12.5.8 Design Assumption requirements a) The design and related documents Short Circuit Current kA 25 21 based on the concept development Creepage Distance mm 900 300 plan of 897.39 hectares area. Basic Insulation Level KVp 170 75 b) To calculate the total electrical load of Power Frequency (kV rms) 70 28 the project area or capacity of ZSS is to withstand voltage be finalized on the basis of sanction load of individual user. The load norm Table 12-9: Safety Clearances 11 for residential, commercial & NDNC Description 33 kV kV area are considered as per the basic Safety Working Clearance (Mtr.) 2.8 2.6 minimum power consumption set out Clearance to ground (Mtr.) by Himachal Regulatory authority and - Across street 6.1 5.8 in case where the guidelines are not - Along street 5.8 5.5 available, load norm followed based on - Other areas 5.2 4.6 our experience of earlier projects. Clearance to Buildings (Mtr.) c) Following load norms are used for utility, Facility and common parking - Vertical Clearance 3.7 2.5 areas - Horizontal Clearance 2 1.2 Between Lines with Crossing 12.5.9 External Illumination System 2.44 2.44 Each Other (Mtr.) Roads of the development area shall generally cater to- Table 12-10: Voltage Regulations System Rated Maximum vi. Movement of goods, persons through Voltage (Volts) permitted vehicles including cyclist/pedestrian. Variation % vii. Basic requirement of road, green area and Upto 650 V +6 periphery lighting proposed be as follows: 650 – 33000 +6/-9 viii. Adequate level of illuminations for vehicles/cyclist

Table 12-11: Tap Details for Power and Distribution ix. Uniform illumination level over carriage Transformer way with minimum glare System Rated Tap Changing ratio x. Safety of movement Voltage (Volts) xi. Minimum disturbance during fog/dust 33/11 +5 to -15 in the conditions Upto 650 steps+2.5% of to 1.25% -7.5% in xii. Use of high efficiency lighting fixtures with the steps of 2.5% high lumen output and low power

Page | 98 Nadaun Basic Infrastructure

consumption To achieve it, Optical fiber cables are used to xiii. Beautification and pleasing view provide and connect various service providers xiv. The Street lighting should be provided for telecom as well as broadband services to with LED luminaries on decorative street the users through the optical fiber network. To lighting poles. run the cabling, the provision for laying the conduit & chamber in front of all the plots has Table 12-13: Technical Details of Road Lighting System been proposed in ROW planning. S.NO DESCRIPTIO Upto 18 3.5M . N M WIDE WIDE ROAD ROAD (Primary (Secondary Road) Road) 1 Area of Mixed, Mixed, Installation Residentia Residentia l l 2 Pole Single arm Single arm Mounting pole on pole on detail single side single side of the of the road. road. 3 Lighting 1 x 72W, 1 x 40W, Fixture LED Light LED Light 4 Mounting 8Mtrs. 4Mtrs. height 5 Spacing 25M 30M

Telecommunication System The implementation of Telecommunication system is very important for any development and its usage has become a necessity these days. As such telecommunication network is proposed to be provided in a manner so as to have connectivity by different service providers. Consumer can select the services of telecom service provider according to good quality of network for providing these data & tele communication facilities.

Telecom Services today are of the following types: xv. Landline operations requiring a telecom cable & junction box space in utility corridor xvi. Wireless services on GSM / CDMA platform requiring tower at stipulated radii xvii. Broad band Services requiring a cable corridor and distribution chambers xviii. Short Coverage Wi-Fi networks

Page | 99

Nadaun Environment

13 Environment

Introduction at the both sides of NH-3. Rest of the forest Himachal Pradesh is enriched with various area is marked as un-demarcated protected species of flora and fauna which need to be and open category forests. conserved and preserved. The development should go hand in hand with environmental improvement and resource optimization. The sustainable growth can only be achieved if existing environmental parameters are identified and analysed. The chapter discusses about various parameters of environment like climate, soil, forest cover, flora and fauna, quality of air, water, disaster proneness and its mitigation process. These parameters will help Figure 13-1: Categories of Forest Source: Range Office, Nadaun us to understand different existing environmental phenomena in the Planning Area. Out of the total forest area, 76% is categorized as the Demarcated Protected Forest and 24% Climate and Soil is under open forest. These forest areas shall The sub-humid monsoon climate is good for be conserved while preparing the the vegetation growth. The coarse sandy loam development framework. It is essential to mark soil is very good for cultivation and plantation the un-demarcated forests as well to protect purposes. The soil is prone to erosion if it is them and degradation over the time. exposed to rain. 22 The un-demarcated protected forests and open forests can be used for collecting forest Forest Cover produce ensuring livelihood for the local In Nadaun Planning Area, 33% land is covered people in the area. Afforestation and by forests. It is more than the district average regularized tree felling can be promoted for i.e. 21%. The south-eastern portion of the boosting the forest related economy in the Planning area is under demarcated forest region. cover namely DPF Tillu and DPF Kuthar, located

22 Refer to Chapter 2, Soil Character

Page | 101 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Figure 13-2: Forest Cover in the Planning Area Source: Range Office, Nadaun

Conservation of forest cover Forest cover of planning area is more than which shall be conserved and would function district average. It is an important asset to as green lungs Nadaun Planning Area. planning area and need to be safeguarded for A buffer around the boundary needs to be providing sustained benefits to the community maintained as per the HP TCP Rules, 2015. The and diversion of such land to other purpose minimum distance of 5.00m from Forest should be done after careful examination from boundary shall be maintained and minimum social and environmental standpoint. distance from existing tree shall be 2.00m. 23 Total forest cover in the planning area is 33%

According to the CPCB standards there should Air Quality be an air quality monitoring station near each There are no air quality monitoring stations major settlement. The air quality analysis located within 10Km. of the Nadaun town. cannot be presented as the nearest monitoring

23 Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment) Rules, 2015

Page | 102 Nadaun Environment station is located at Una which is almost 71 km aquatic species and rare vegetation. Even from the Planning area. deterioration of water quality of such lakes may distract tourists. To check depletion of Water bodies water bodies the master plan recommends the following- 13.6.1 Surface Water  Stop dumping of waste in the All parts of planning area fall within drainage water bodies. basins of Beas River (which run from east to  Stop earth filling of water west direction in the north of Nadaun). The bodies. Kunah Khad & Maan Khad form the eastern  Encourage suitable recreational facility around and western boundaries of the Planning area. water body to keep There are ample numbers of surface water surveillance. sources which are utilized for supplying the 13.6.3 Ground water potable water to the households. Table 13-1 Water Quality Monitored in between Dhera Ground water resources and irrigation Bridge and Nadaun Bridge potential of the region has not been studied Present According to Indicators and computed as per the GEC-97 Condition CPCB Standards methodology, as the aquifers are isolated and PH Level 8.65 6.5-8.5 DO Level 7.6 6.0 discontinuous in nature. Ground water quality BOD Level 1.0 2.0 is within the permissible limit of safe drinking Source: HPSPCB and CPCB Standards water set by Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS). Major potential areas for the ground water The quality of water of the Beas River and Man development are the valley fill deposits, Khad is within the permissible limits. The water occurring along Beas River between Sachuhi is alkaline in character with high Dissolve and Nadaun, lower reaches of Man khad and Oxygen and low BOD. central part of Kunah Khad. The aquifer 13.6.2 Conservation of Water-bodies thickness may vary from less than 10 m to

24 about 100m so far, the valley fills or fault zones As per the CRZ guidelines 100m buffer from have not been explored or studied on macro HFL of the river should be given. However, level for assessing the potentialities of ground Himachal Pradesh being a hilly state where water resources in the district. Rainfall land is scarce, the state has adopted a policy of infiltration is the principal source of ground limiting buffer to 25mt. No building activity water recharge to the aquifer system in the shall be carried out within this 25m buffer district. Inflow seepages from khads/ rivers protection from the HFL of river Beas and the also contribute to the ground water same shall be maintained as green buffer zone. resources/reserves The construction shall be allowed at distance of 3.00 Metre and 5.00 Metre from Nallah and 13.6.4 Rain Water Harvesting 25 Khad respectively . Individuals can do a great deal to improve the The river front areas may be developed based water availability and ensure the water quality on a landscape plan with proper shelter design of their locality by practicing Rain Water on the water expanse with attractive laser Harvesting as a mandatory measure in all shows for tourists and visitors during festive public buildings as well as judicial use of storm seasons. water for agricultural use. In this regard, many Any degradation of wetland or surface water published standard manuals are available for body would lead to habitat loss for birds, adoption.

24 Since the River Regulation Zone Guidelines are in 25 Himachal Pradesh Town and Country formulation/ draft stage. Hence, CRZ guidelines Planning (Amendment) Rules, 2015 have been referred to.

Page | 103 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 13-2: Ground Water Quality, Hamirpur District Indicators pH EC μS/cm HCO3 Cl So4 NO3 F Ca Mg Na K Total Hardness at 25°C (in mg/l) as CaCO3 Min 8.02 280 12 10 1 2 Tr 30 11 7.5 0.6 120 Max 8.17 360 153 125 85 22 0.16 48 17 14 5.8 165 Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Hamirpur District, Himachal Pradesh

Figure 13-3: Ground Water Recharge Areas Source: Ground Water Information Booklet, Hamirpur District, Himachal Pradesh

Page | 104 Nadaun Environment

Disaster prone areas

13.7.1 Hamirpur District Hazards both Natural and Man-Made are of immediate concern to the State of Himachal Pradesh as it faces the fury of one or the other disaster every year. The fragile ecology and geology of the State coupled with large variations in physio-climate conditions render it vulnerable to vagaries of nature in one way or the other.

The nature of disastrous events is such that there is very less time to respond unless there is preparedness to cope with the effects in pre- disaster and post-disaster stages. It is considered that preparedness is the best measure to respond to catastrophic events for reducing the effects and mitigate the losses in terms of life and property26. Traditionally, Figure 13-4 Overall Vulnerability Map of Himachal preparedness during the time of emergency Pradesh involved the stockpiling of relief goods and Source: HP State Council for Environment Science and providing basic needs to people in need27. It is Technology believed that capacity building for human response to is a long-term exercise for In terms of Earthquake hazard risk profiling, mitigating the impact of disasters whereas the almost entire Hamirpur district (91%) falls in short-term contingencies include the finance Zone V which is a very high damage risk zone. The last earthquake hit the region in 1905 that is required for providing relief and which took a toll of death of almost 20,000 restoration of infrastructure. Now-a-days, it people in the region with a magnitude of more has become important for the communities to than 8 (according to the Richter scale). The work closely with the local authorities in order following figures shows the intensity of to enhance their own capacities to prepare for earthquake hazard zones in all over Himachal and manage the effects of various risksError! Pradesh. Bookmark not defined.. The disasters, which generally occur in this

district and their level of vulnerability is shown District Hamirpur is prone to various hazards in table 13.3 According to Hazard Vulnerability both natural and manmade. In the district the of Himachal Pradesh, Hamirpur district has geological hazard, mainly earthquakes, High threat of Earthquake and Very High threat landslides and soil erosion are most critical, the of forest fire. (District Disaster Management flash flood, cloud burst, drought and forest fire Plan Hamirpur, 2016). is also hydro metrological hazard.

26 Government of India, 2012, District Disaster 27 World Health Organization, 2007, Risk reduction and Management Plan: District Kangra, Himachal Pradesh, emergency preparedness: the Government of India-UNDP Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) Programme (2009-12), UNDP.

Page | 105 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 13-3: Type of disasters in Hamirpur District 13.7.2 Nadaun Planning Area Hazard Type Level of Vulnerability Nadaun Planning area is prone to natural Earthquake High hazard like earthquake. However due to Landslide Low unstable sub-soil in the hilly terrain in Bella Floods Low village there are few occurrences of sliding Forest Fire High during rainy season near SDM Colony. The Drought Medium planning area is also vulnerable to road Cloud Burst Low accidents and fire incidents. Source: Disaster Management Plan Hamirpur, 2016

Figure 13-5: Tehsil wise forest fire risk area of Hamirpur Figure 13-6: Probabilistic seismic hazard analysis district Source: Hazard Vulnerability and Risk Analysis Atlas, Source: Hazard Vulnerability and Risk Analysis Atlas, Disaster Management Cell, Department of Revenue, HP Disaster Management Cell, Department of Revenue, HP

Page | 106 Nadaun Environment

Figure 13-7: Earthquake Hazard Map Source: Department of Environment, Science and Technology, Himachal Pradesh

Page | 107 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Figure 13-8: Location of lineament in surrounding area of Nadaun planning area Source: Bhuvan HP state portal http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/state/HP#

Nearest structural fault line is 600 meters away “Promoting awareness for preventing from northern boundary of Planning area. loss to human life” in the event of an Though there is no structural fault line in actual earthquake. Nadaun Planning area but it is important to  In villages facing shortage of drinking take measure in order to avoid earthquake water tanker are deployed. A separate disasters. plan under the supervision of district In spite of being located in high vulnerability administration has already been zone in terms disaster intensity, no such drawn in coordination with IPH preparedness mechanisms are observed at department to mitigate this disaster. individual and community level.  The mock drills to tackle the disaster situations should be arranged under Measures for Disaster SDM’s supervision. This should be Management organised in every local govt. authority The following measures needs to be taken by (both Gram Panchayat and Nagar the district administration: Panchayat) in a particular interval.  District Hamirpur has critical  Disaster relief Committee should be proneness to earthquake for which set up at Gram Panchayat Level and analytical mapping of resources needs Nagar Panchayat level where to be done with multi-fold aim of involvement of a particular percentage “Creating Earthquake Resistant of female members would be Structures” in the District and mandatory.

Page | 108 Nadaun Environment

communication centres should be safely Disaster Management located to be free from natural disasters e.g. Strategy flood, fire and earthquake. DDMP Hamirpur, 2015 shall be adopted for Forest Fire prevention, mitigation and preparedness plan. Wide dissemination of earthquake-resistant Measures: building codes, the National Building Code 2005 shall be adopted for earthquake resistant Capacity building for the better use of early structures. warning (technical efficiency & HRD): The forest officials need to be trained in using A Disaster Management Centre has been various indicators to get prior information proposed in Nadaum planning area on 1 ha of about forest fire at the earliest time possible to land in Zone D area with suitable open area (2 take timely action. The forest department may ha) for soft parking, temporary shelter etc. This be provided with necessary equipment in centre would accommodate a Fire Station and detecting forest fire at the earliest possible. Trauma Centre for coordination at the time of Forest officials are to be trained in using emergencies. The Trauma Centre should be on various valuable information, available at 1 hectare of land and have a minimum of 100 national and international levels and translate beds. This would be linked with lower order it for local use. Trauma Centres to be provided in selected Construction of watch towers for monitoring hospitals fire incidence is essential and shall be included The following policies and strategies for in zonal management plan. Disaster Management are proposed: 13.9.1 Pre-Disaster Preparedness  The Fire Services department being the nodal agency for disaster management, should identify vulnerable areas e.g. areas with high density and poor accessibility in the city and propose suitable measures.  Sensitize people about after effects of disaster particularly school children.  Make people aware through media campaigns and advertisements about emergency procedures and location of emergency shelters etc.  Undertaking mandatory safety audits on structural designs of Old and New major building/projects by the respective competent authorities related to all Govt. & Pvt. Buildings.

13.9.2 Post Disaster Management It has been observed that any disaster is generally followed by break down of communication lines and disruption of essential services. Therefore, the key

Page | 109 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Page | 110 Nadaun Stakeholder Consultation

14 Stakeholder Consultation

Introduction Various stakeholder groups were identified This chapter describes the outcomes of the during the Initial Stage of Project. Two core participatory process adopted for the groups of stakeholders were identified: - preparation of the Nadaun Development Plan.  Primary Stakeholders, beneficiaries of a A rigorous stakeholder consultation development intervention or those directly Programme was adopted to take inputs of all affected (positively or negatively) by it. relevant stakeholders at State, District and City They include local population (resource level. The consultation Programme was persons, community, students etc.) in the executed at 2 levels as follows: - project/program area, poor and  City Level Consultations (Ward wise public marginalized groups who have traditionally consultations, consultations with Nagar been excluded from participating in Panchayat, local politicians, Government development efforts such as kachhi basti officers and important citizens) and slum dwellers, and organizations such  Household level consultations as NGOs, trader’s organizations, hoteliers (questionnaire survey) and other associations. During the Inception stage a number of discussions and meetings were conducted to  Secondary Stakeholders, those who introduce the process of preparation of the influence a development intervention or Development Plan to the citizens of Nadaun. are indirectly affected by it. They include The process of consultations was continued in the borrowing government, line ministry all stages. and project staff, implementing agencies, Stakeholder Profile local governments, civil society The Stakeholders can be broadly classified as organizations, private sector firms and follows: other development agencies. CATEGORY STAKEHOLDERS

City Level  Ward wise public consultations  Members of Nagar Panchayat, Local politicians  Government officers  Important citizens  Representatives of health sector  Representatives of Traders &

Industrial Associations  Academic Institutes  Representatives of Real Estate Developers  Media  NGOs Household  Local residents Level

Page | 111 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

14.2.1 City Level Steering Group OFFICIAL MEMBERS Sh. Urmila Assistant Town Member A City Level Co-ordination committee was d. Kalyan Planner(Hamirpur) Secretary formed by TCPD. This committee was chaired NON-OFFICIAL MEMBERS by the TCP (Hamirpur). Sh. Y.P. Planning Officer Member e. Nanda (Retd.) Table 14-1 City Level Steering Group OFFICIAL MEMBERS The two main functions of this group are: Shri R. S. Town and Country Chairman a. Premi Planner(Hamirpur) 1. Eliminating any bottleneck in project Shri P.C. Secretary (NP progress. Member b. Batra Nadaun) 2. Guidance in Visioning and Policy Planning Officer Vacant Member c. (Hamirpur) matters.

Consultation Programme 14.3.1 Major Issues highlighted by Stakeholders The major issues in the city highlighted by various stakeholders in City Vision stage are listed below. City Visioning & Sectoral Goals Date: 25th October, 2016 Venue: SDM Office, Campus Hall Number of participants: 44

Issues/Suggestions Environment 1. Alternative new sources of energy should be developed. 2. Open-defecation should be control near the Beas river. 3. For water conservation, the maintenance of Beas river and its buffer area is necessary. 4. Tree plantation should be initiated every year on fixed target 1,000 trees per year. 5. There should be development of a botanical garden. Roads & Transportation 6. There should be installation of solar traffic signals at every main road junction. 7. The encroachment should be removed along the roads. 8. Parking provisions should be proposed at a suitable place or near the Petrol Pump. 9. Accidents frequently occurs on National Highways because of high speeding which causes several deaths, so there should be some provisions of traffic signals and sign boards along the NH at a suitable distance. 10. Pedestrian pathways should be provided within the city roads. 11. NH road should be four lanes. 12. More connecting roads needed in town. 13. Bus Stand should be shifted near 14. Encroachment of roads and other land should be checked. Water Supply, Sewerage & Drainage, Electricity and Other Services 15. Fire station should be proposed inside the city. 16. All wards should be provided with piped water supply. 17. Sewerage system should be provided in the town. 18. Advanced water treatment plant should be constructed. 19. Old wells should be repaired. 20. Water stagnation in the Bus Stand. 21. Provision of waste collection Bins at suitable fixed locations. 22. No Drainage System in the city. 23. Nalah should be channelized.

Page | 112 Nadaun Stakeholder Consultation

Issues/Suggestions 24. Landfill and Dumping sites should be provided for the city. Housing 25. Proper arrangement of housing for slum dwellers. 26. All residents living in Kuchha Houses should get Pucca Houses. Social and Economic Aspects 27. Improvement of Health facilities. 28. Higher Education institutes needed. 29. Educational and Commercial Hubs should be proposed within the city. 30. Horticulture should be encouraged and proposed. 31. Employment opportunities should be provided for the people. 32. A planned Market should be constructed. 33. Community Hall should be constructed in every ward. 34. Good Cinema Halls and public recreation places should be developed. 35. Police patrolling should be increased in all wards. Tourism 1. Government should promote Nadaun as a tourist place. 2. Powri should be preserve by the concern authority. 3. Pattam Bazaar should be taken into account for tourism purpose. 4. Heritage sites should be conserved e.g. Nadaun fort, Gurudwara, etc. 5. Town’s image and aesthetic look should be improved to boost tourism. 6. Taxi rates should be notified by Govt. Governance & Other Aspects 7. Public participation should be ensured in Town Development Planning. 8. Unauthorized development should be stopped in the city.

environmental facilities like solar power 14.3.2 Proceedings of City Level Consultation Meeting generation, waste management, Rain water harvesting, etc. Meeting: City Visioning & Sectoral Goals Subsequent to Councilors’ meeting a one-day Apart from the above inputs, he also talks about some other facilities which should be City Visioning Meeting was held at SDM Office, proposed in the city like firefighting Campus Hall, Nadaun. More than 250 people were invited by the Mayor and the Municipal department, Children’s playground, vehicular Commissioner. To ensure the presence of the parking area, conservation and maintenance of various historical pawris’ along the Pattan key dignitaries, invitations were personally handed over to the invitees by the Consultant. bazaar till Beas river. Around 44 people participated in the Meeting. Mr. Dharam singh minhas, raised various issues for city progress. He suggested that Meeting Proceedings there should be a provision of street light on Mr. Shiv Kumar Dogra, appreciated the the police station road and Beas river Bridge, participants for their contribution in city’s provision of Traffic lights at all the junctions is an urgent necessity, taxi rates should be development. He described various major decrease and notified by Govt., stray animals issues of the city, like in water supply, solid are a major issue for the city hence waste management, traffic and transportation, government should take action and solve this sewerage, drainage, etc. He talks about the problem. improvement in the public services like parks Outcome of Meeting and playgrounds, education, health, affordable  Sectors which needs to be addressed on housing and also talk about the need in highest priority were identified.

Page | 113 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

a. City Sanitation f. Encroachment & haphazard b. Waste management development c. Sewerage g. Economic opportunities d. Drainage h. Traffic and Transportation e. Tourism i. Environment

Glimpses of Stackholder Meeting

Government representatives Particpants

Women participation was key feature of Meeting Discussion on major issues

Page | 114 Nadaun Stakeholder Consultation

15 SWOT Analysis

STRENGTH WEAKNESS

1. Located at a Strategic Junction: The Planning 9. High Risk Vulnerability: Nadaun is not vulnerable Area is located at a strategic junction of NH-3 and to water based natural hazards as such Floods. NH-303. It has direct connectivity with all the But, it is highly susceptible to man-made disasters important District Head-quarters State Capital such as road accidents (on the NHs) and (Shimla), Chandigarh and Delhi by road. stampede (Pattan Bazaar). Fire is another hazard which is the Pattan Bazaar is highly vulnerable to 2. High Decadal Growth: Nadaun had witnessed a due to small congested market area. higher decadal growth in the past two decades as compared to the District. 10. Lack of Pedestrian walkways: There are no facilities for pedestrian walkway in the planning 3. High Literacy Rate: The Planning Area has a area. higher literacy rate of 91% as compared to that of the District. 11. No traffic management in the planning area which causes traffic congestion. 4. Competitive Market: Nadaun is traditionally a trade town with a very competitive market 12. Lack of Designated Public Parking Places.

5. Educational Hub: Nadaun is host to a large variety 13. Lack of Designated Public toilets in market. of educational facilities starting from primary to higher secondary schools to Degree College to 14. Lack of public parks and other recreational professional and vocational institutions. facilities.

6. Magnet for Floating Population: Nadaun being a 15. Irregular and insufficient Water supply. Hub of Trade and Educational facilities witnesses a huge daily floating population of children, 16. Poor of Physical Infrastructure: Nadaun lacks in traders and visitors. basic infrastructure facilities like drainage, sewerage and solid waste management. 7. Rich Agricultural Belt: Developed on the banks of the River Beas, Nadaun is rich in agriculture and 17. Degradation of Natural and Cultural Heritage horticulture produce especially fresh local vegetables. 18. Community Facilities: Lack of community halls and recreational spaces. 8. Large Forest Cover: Nadaun has about 1/3rd area under forest including two DPFs which acts as 19. Lack of Disaster Management Cell in the planning permanent green lungs to the planning area. area.

1. National Level Cricket Ground: Nadaun is host to 20. Lack of Fire Station: Even though there is high risk Atal Vihari Bajpee Cricket Stadium which has the of fire within the Nadaun Town, there is no fire capacity to hols national level cricket matches. station in the town.

Page | 115 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

OPPORTUNITY THREATS

2. Huge Tourism Potential 5. High Risk of Natural Disasters: The planning area 1. Old heritage structures can be conserved for falls in Zone V which is a very high damage risk promoting heritage tourism zone. This might act as a deterrent in 2. Riverfront development can be done to development of this area. encourage tourism. 3. Eco-tourism can be introduced in the green 6. High Investments: Development will involve high lungs of the planning area cost in laying and maintaining infrastructure for 4. Cricket stadium can act as a magnet for tourism. Hamirpur being district headquarter sports tourism. may get more priority for development as compared to the Planning area.

3. Potential for Agro-based Industrial Base: Nadaun lies in the agriculture and horticulture belt and has huge potential for processing and packaging industries in the planning area.

4. Potential for IT/ITeS Industries: As Nadaun has a strong educational base, it has potential for establishment of knowledge based IT/ITeS industries.

Page | 116 Nadaun Projections and Requirements

16 Vision & Concept

Vision Administrative importance: Nadaun is the sub-divisional head quarter of Development is synonymous to the availability Nadaun Tehsil. It is also the block head quarter of facilities and services to the local people of Nadaun block. along with increasing economic opportunities to generate more employment with Education institutes environmental sustainability which would There are few important education institutes enhance the quality of life. located in the Planning Area near Nadaun Town like Himachal Institute of Pharmaceutical Based on the inherent potentials and prospects Education and Research, Him Institute of of the Planning Area, the following vision has Fashion Designing, Vijay Vallabh College of been framed for Nadaun Planning Area: Education, Sidharth Government College, Maa “To make Nadaun an emerging tourist-cum- Jawala ITI etc. trade hub of Himachal Pradesh” Commercial Zone The town was known as the pattan or the ferry Growth Drivers town. The town is the main commercial hub in Locational advantage: the region. The Planning area is located at a strategic Places of Interest: junction point of NH-3 and NH-303. It has direct There are various places of interests in and connectivity with all the important district around the Nadaun Planning Area. The Davsin head-quarters and state head-quarter of Patsahi Gurudwara and Atal Bihari Vajpayee Himachal Pradesh, Chandigarh and National Stadium are located in the Nadun Planning Capital by road. The villages inside the Planning Area. The Jawalaji temple is located 11 km Area connected by the village roads. north to the Planning Area. The Sansar Chand Settlements have been developed in a fort is located at Sujanpur which is almost 30 scattered way inside the Planning Area due to km from Nadaun Town. its terrain and physical attributes. Development Limitations Emerging Growth nodes and direction of development: 1. A large part of land in the planning area is The major growth center is Nadaun town. The covered with demarcated forest area which direction of growth is along the highway restricts the growth of town. towards Hamirpur. The growth nodes have 2. The area under demarcated forest area is been identified in the Planning area based on located at steep slope zone i.e. more than the Population distribution, service allocation 30% which is completely non-developable. and exiting connectivity. The growth nodes are 3. The Beas River flows from north-east to the second order settlements which serve the west along the northern boundary of the third order settlements in the Planning area. planning area which restricts the growth of The identified growth nodes are located at the town towards north. Bela, Gagal and Jalari. 4. Maan Khad limits the growth of Nadaun Town towards west. 5. Agricultural Lands available near the Khad and the River would be retained in its present from.

Page | 117

Figure 16-1: Growth Nodes and Opportunities in the Planning Area Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

Figure 16-2: Limitations and Prospects in the Planning Area Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

Page | 118 Nadaun Projections and Requirements

6. Most of the settlement is at the north of the The planning area is adequately planned to planning area where the growth is organic. prevent urban sprawl. The money invested in 7. Growth has taken place in the south laying infrastructure can be recovered from the direction along the Nadaun-Hamirpur revenue generated by tourism. Transit zone Highway and in the southeast direction and mandi can emerge as an instrument to along the Shimla-Kangra Highway where drive economic growth. the town is expanding in a linear form. Tourism zone is envisaged to be developed Concept near the Nadun Fort and Gurudwara Dasvin It is envisaged to develop Nadaun Planning Patshahi along Beas River. To provide for the Area as a tourism-cum-commercial hub with incoming tourists, a hospitality zone is encouragement to agriculture. As the planning proposed at the centre of the planning area. All area has the potential for development of the supporting facilities and amenities will be Mandi town due to pproximity to major developed so that it caters to the tourists. agriculture towns and also being the block headquarter. A Mandi zone is proposed along Urban extension is proposed towards east and the National Highway. west direction of the existing settlement.

Figure 16-3: Conceptual Plan Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

Page | 119

Nadaun Development Proposals

17 Development Proposals

everybody is well conversant with this fact. An Planning Perspective: urban road is constructed at a huge cost and The Development Plan caters for three levels the society pays a big amount for its namely the Nagar Panchayat, Planning Area maintenance as well as its up-keep. Laying of and Influence Zone with a radius of about 20 road in hill areas is not an easy affair. kilometres. It envisages for the requirements of Therefore, it is imperative to induce future population of Planning Area, dependent development not along the main roads, rather regional population and tourists during peak away from them by way of sectoral season. The proposals have been development. recommended in view of community aspirations, effective role of local bodies, and While town-level facilities have been worked by inculcating the participatory approach of out and marked on the Development plan, sites private and public sectors. The Development of sector level facilities shall be specifically Plan is contemplated as a document of proposed at the time of preparing Sector Plans. common man, a document of the public/community and that of the local bodies, Strategies authorities and the Governance. Decongestion of Market Street of core town area Projections Development of market street precinct of core Projections for the Development Plan have areas of nadaun town in order to declutter been worked out in view of analysis of surveys them for better pedestrian movement and and studies and the anticipations emanated accessibility through following strategies: thereof on one hand and public aspirations, on 1. Heavy vehicles to be restricted during peak the other. Population of Nadaun Planning Area hours, which are primarily for loading and is anticipated to increase to 17501 by the year unloading of goods and be allowed during 2036. As 51 percent of the total population is non-peak/late hours. In case if anticipated to be workforce, there are likely to loading/unloading is required during peak be 8926 workers, for whom provision of work hours, a systems of loading bays and non- areas is envisaged in the Development Plan. loading bays must be declared depending Development Pattern. upon the high pedestrian traffic movement. 2. Provision of parking zones for 4 wheelers at A visit to Nadaun town shall reveals that ribbon various places with in range of 300 m development is in progress. What is to be (walkable distance) from the dense area. feared is that if left to itself, growth shall take 3. Provision of alternate routes for the place linearly along the major roads. There shall be a tendency to construct shops, houses through traffic to avoid unnecessary right upto the edge of the roads. Some would congestion. even encroach upon the carriage ways. There 4. Enclusion of separate pedestrian walkways shall also be a tendency to park vehicles along on the high-density roads eventually to roadsides. This shall turn these roads into long comfort pedestrian movement and avoid tunnels bounded by frequent bottlenecks. We chaos due to 4 wheelers parked on road need not go into the social, economic, sides. environmental & other repercussions 5. Certain activities generating heavy associated with this type of growth, since vehicular traffic (ex. Vehicle repair shops,

Page | 121 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

huge whole sale stores) must be shifted amenities. away from the dense streets. Cricket stadium in Bela village is an attraction Prevention of unplanned Ribbon of such importance which is stimulating the development population growth. With certain other features Ribbon development, which is considered as a in the surrounding the area is projected as negative outcome of urban sprawl is prevalent another centre of importance for urban in nadaun especially towards the roads growth. The following aspects must be radiating out from the town core towards considered in framing the policy and guidelines south – west connecting Amb and south – east for integrated development of the area. connecting Bilaspur. The unintended & 1. The cricket stadium must be developed with unplanned ribbon growth adjacent to NH-3 other indoor and outdoor sports facilities to needs to be curbed and planned to accommodate state level activities and accommodate future possibilities by events. consideration of following aspects: 2. Fort of nadaun should be notified under list 1. Junctions generating conflicts between of heritage buildings of state (I.e. grade II) pedestrian and vehicular movement needs and must be developed for public use by to be identified & planned accordingly. Also, conserving, restoring or proposing adaptive activities with large spill over needs to be reuse of the historical structure. relocated from NH towards other low dense 3. Proposed 6 lane road crossing through the streets/roads. area and bypassing nadaun urban area is 2. Road stretches where large no of public improving the accessibility and connectivity activities are opening directly on NH should of bela area. This road stretches and its be provided with a service lane to cater the junctions must be planned to avoid any entrances opening directly on NH. future possibilities of ribbon development. Alternatively, at these stretches parallel 4. River bed must be used for seasonal connecting roads to NH can be proposed adventure water sports activities and is where the activities open on the inside proposed as start point of 16 km Long River roads to congestion on NH. rafting till dhera Town Bridge. 3. Provide green buffer belt at the road 5. The recreational area on river edge. stretches which are adjacent to agriculture 6. An art institute to promote art and culture land and low density residential clusters to of kangra region and its history. curb possibilities of future ribbon 7. A district level botanical garden adjacent to development. the proposed road on the river edge must 4. Junctions where the arterial roads are be developed as part of integrated connecting the sub-arterial/ secondary road development of the region. (town or village road) must be taken special 8. A 50-100 m of buffer must be kept between care to avoid conflict. the heritage structure and built 5. Major entrances or roads development as open and green area with opening/connecting to NH must be at a permissible agriculture and recreational minimum distance of 300m from each facilities only. other. 9. A river side walk way connecting heritage Development of new urban area in Bela area with the cricket stadium should be In Nadaun Planning Area limit, the recent developed for recreation purposes with trends in urban sprawl shows that instead of good public amenities and facilities. migration towards nadaun town (municipal area) the villages are growing majorly within themselves. The reasons are because of existing and upcoming major public facilities &

Page | 122 Nadaun Development Proposals

Development of City level socio - cultural Encourage economic activity: space The upcoming development intends to position Bus stand currently situated in the core town itself as an economic engine and generate area of nadaun town is relocated at 700 m employment. The light industrial, trade center, away on NH towards south-west of nadaun mandi and promoting agriculture along with a urban area. Its current location is in the urban strong infrastructure base will attract new centre and lies at the junction which bifurcates businesses and entrepreneurs to this the NH with various commercial and mixed-use development. establishments. This combination of different activities and better connectivity makes it Developing Education hub: The development feasible for public use. intends to offers a full range of educational opportunities for citizens at every stage of their Therefore, the existing bus stand site with hill lives. Many schools, colleges and universities top at tillu pratham adjacent to the main road will offer excellent, innovative academics and must be developed comprehensively for public enhance the human capital of the settlement facilities and recreation. The demarcated sites and region. An educated and well-trained can have functions like cinema hall, community workforce will contribute to position the hall, town hall, library, open garden, food and development as the economic hub of the snacks counters and seating kiosks. It can also region and a major competitor for national and have utility and grocery shops, weekly haat etc international enterprise and industry. for common public use. Affordable housing for all: A slum free town by Conservation of heritage and natural rehabilitating and providing urban poor environment: Natural features in the form of housing. forests and rivers needs to be conserved. These large ecological greens can be developed for Proposals and ecotourism. Here a visit to fragile, pristine, and Recommendations relatively undisturbed natural areas, intended as a low-impact and often small-scale 17.5.1 Housing. alternative to standard commercial (mass) In order to cater for the requirements of tourism shall be conducted. Conserving the housing for the anticipated population of old heritage structure in the planning area and 17501 persons in the Planning Area by the year developing a tourist circuit. This will also 2036, at the rate of 4.5 persons per family improve the economy of the local people. norm, nearly 3889 families shall be residing in

the planning area. Considering the present Provision for physical and social housing shortage of 311 dwelling units, about infrastructure: Provide infrastructure facilities 4200 dwelling units shall be required by the to all. Every household in urban area should horizon period 2036. In view of present trend have water supply and sewerage connection. of low residential density, at the rate of 75 Health, education, security, recreational, social persons per hectare, 101.19 hectares of and cultural facilities to be distributed additional area is required to cater to the throughout the town. additional population of 7589. As 133.60 The development will provide housing and hectares area is existing, therefore, the total amenities for people and families of all developable area by 2036 would be 237.90 cultures, ages and incomes. hectares including 3.12.hectares of facilities

and amenities. Resolving Urban issues: Provision of more In Nadaun Planning Area, as the residential public spaces and proper utilization of land as development is envisaged to be primarily on it is scarce resource in hilly areas. Problems of the private lands on one hand and acquisition traffic congestion and parking is the most being not preferred by the land owners, the important urban issue to be dealt with onus of development of residential areas vest appropriately.

Page | 123 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

with them. The land owners are to ensure centres shall help ease off pressure on main either planned sub-divisions of land or land bazaar. The following norms are suggested pooling and reconstitution of the plots and for planning the above-mentioned shopping accordingly development therein, ensuring centres: - provision of convenient shopping, basic service a) Sector-level shopping centre-45 to 50 infrastructure including water supply, shops for a population of 5000 persons. sewerage drainage, electric supply, road and b) Convenient shopping centre-10 to 15 other requisite facilities and services in view of shops for a population of 1000 persons. creation of plots. The owners may construct 4. In order to cater to the envisaged tourist houses only for their own purpose without population visiting Nadaun hotel and exhausting this process. The housing areas are related activity is proposed along NH-3. proposed to be developed by integrating future work areas and evolving safeguards for Nadaun is a traditionally a trade and historic forest areas. The proposed housing sectors/ town. In view of increase in trading activities clusters are proposed to be developed on the and boost of tourism in the region, it is neighbourhood principles of self-sufficiency by proposed to develop a commercial hub at in making provision of requisite infrastructure Tillu Prathan village along the NH-3 and about therein. The concerned local body/Panchayat 10 hotels shall be required to cater to the will be responsible for ensuring the tourist population by the year 2036. The land implementation of basic services and required for plot @ 350-400 sqm area per hotel infrastructure at local level, by raising the which includes parking and circulation area resources through process of undertaking works out to 0.38 hectares. Beside this, an area remunerative schemes in the area on land to of 0.62 hectares is required for Wholesale be got surrendered in its name during the Ware Housing Activities and Shopping Centre course of Land Pooling and Reconstitution in the three zones at Jalari, Kuthar and Tillu mechanism. In case of bigger land parcels of Khas villages. Thus, total requirement works vacant land the same are to be developed by a out to 8.75 hectares. As existing area under development agency which has to play an commercial use is 6.17 hectares, therefore, effective role. total additional requirement works out to 2.58 hectares. 17.5.2 Trade & Commerce.

The existing commercial area comprising of old 17.5.3 Mixed Use bazaar (Pattan Bazaar) and the Main Bazaar and shall continue to function as such. Mixed land use zone has been proposed at Commercial activity in the developing new strategic location along the NH-3 and NH-303. areas shall be allowed in a planned manner It accounts of an area of 2.40 hectares within only. Following proposals are being made with the planning area. regard to trade & commerce: - 17.5.4 Industry

1. There is a need of wholesale and There are no industrial unit operating in the warehousing market (Mandi) for the town. town presently. In order to cater for the The same is being proposed over an area of requirements of anticipated secondary work 0.62 hectares at Jalari at the cross junction force of 893 workers, @ 115 sqm area per of NH-3 and MDR 36. worker, an area of 10.27 hectares is required 2. The existing fish market which is behind the for Industry by the year 2036. bus stand is proposed to be shifted at the present location of vegetable Mandi on NH- It is proposed to develop an industrial estate in 3 along the nallah. Tillu Khas village along the proposed 24m wide 3. While the main bazaar shall continue to act by-pass on about 10.27 Ha of available as the C.B.D. of Nadaun town. There shall be government land. Non-polluting and non- sector-level or cluster level shopping in hazardous small-scale or cottage industrial various sectors of the town. Such shopping units are proposed in the industrial area viz,

Page | 124 Nadaun Development Proposals

Handicraft industries, agro processing The present bus terminal is in the heart of the industries and IT and ITeS industries. town in the main market. As per the traffic projects it is envisaged that the present bus The existing flour mills as well as saw mills terminal will not be able to accommodate the operating within residential buildings (if any) future public transport. Hence, a new bus needs to be shifted from their present location. terminal is proposed along NH-3 in an area of No floor mill or saw mill shall be permitted about 0.56 hectares in Nagarda village. within a residential pocket. A part from these, new roads of 6m and 9m and widening of important roads have also been 17.5.5 Transportation proposed in the planning area An area of 22.46 hectares is under the existing transportation network. Town level, inter- To cater to the city level parking requirement, sectoral, sectoral and cluster roads are parking lots have been proposed at various required to be developed in the Planning Area. locations amounting to an area of 0.94 ha. Local level parking requirements of each land With increase in traffic it is envisaged that use zone have to be met locally. present NH-3 and NH-303 will not be able to accommodate traffic hence, it is proposed to 17.5.6 Tourism increase the width of the present NH-3 and NH- 303 from present 10m Row to 15m ROW. The development of tourism in and around Nadaun call for systematic and planned As most of the traffic entering Nadaun is E to E development, check on encroachments, i.e., External to External, two by-passes have cleanliness of town, integration and publicity of been proposed one parallel to NH-3 and NH- local as well as surrounding attractions, like 303 traversing from the right bank of Beas river Nadaun Fort and other heritage sites within the and entering Bela near Nadaun Fort and then planning area and provision of basic amenities entering Tillu Khas village before meeting NH-3 at genuine rate. at Jalari and the other connecting old NH-70 (new NH-3) and old NH-88 (new NH-3) via In order to boost the tourism activity in the Bharmoti Kalan at Jalari. The NH-303 and NH-3 Planning Area it is proposed to repair and by-passes have been proposed with an ROW of restore the Nadaun fort, develop the adjoining 24 m and the other by-pass of 15m ROW. area in to a tourist spot with landscaped gardens, pathways and sitting arrangements. It Three junction improvements have been is further proposed to conduct light and sound suggested one at present junction of NH-3 and show to present the rich history of the Nadaun NH-303 near the Bus stand, another at the fort. junction of NH-3 and proposed By-pass in Bharmoti Kalan and at the junction of NH-3 It is also proposed to develop other heritage with the two proposed by-passes at Jalari. sites within the planning area as tourist sites.

A truck terminal is proposed at the cross junction of NH-3 and the proposed by-pass in Jalari Saukhlan. The truck terminal proposed on Government land measuring an area of about 0.62 hectares. The truck terminal has been strategically located in close vicinity of the proposed Wholesale and Warehousing Centre (Mandi) located on the other side of the NH-3 in Jalari village as the two activities are correlated and dependent on each other.

Page | 125 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Proposed By-pass Proposed Bus Terminal Proposed Truck Terminal

Figure 17-1: Proposed Transportation Plan Source: Proposed by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

17.5.7 Public and Semi Public A Water Treatment Plant has been proposed in In order to make Nadaun an Educational-cum- Bela along the Beas River for which an area of Knowledge Hub of the region, it is proposed 0.24 hectares have been provided. that land be reserved for establishment of professional colleges and institutes in Bela It is proposed to develop the following facilities village. It would be a centre of learning for by 2036. Refer Chapter 10 for further details. higher education and professional and vocational courses.

An area of 11.29 hectares is existing under utilities, facilities and services. It is anticipated that an area of 3.07 hectares shall be required more for providing various facilities of Regional to Cluster level in the Planning Area by the year 2036 as per the requirements.

Page | 126 Nadaun Development Proposals

Table 17-1: Area allocation for various facilities zone-wise (in Ha) Sr. No. Facilities Zone A Zone B Zone C Zone D Total 1 Nursery School 0.30 0.30 2 Primary School 0.60 0.60 3 Dispensary 0.02 0.02 0.04 4 Family Welfare Centre 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.15 5 Nursing Home 0.075 0.075 6 Rural Post Office 0.20 0.15 0.35 7 Sub Post Office 0.05 0.10 0.15 8 Police Post 0.10 0.10 0.20 9 Police Station 0.50 0.50 10 Fire Station 0.80 0.80 11 Banquet Hall 0.15 0.15 12 Community Welfare Centre 0.15 0.15 13 Housing Area Park 0.50 0.50 0.50 1.50 14 Neighbourhood Park 1.20 1.20 2.40 15 Residential Area Play Area 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 2.00 16 Neighbourhood Play Area 1.50 1.50 TOTAL 2.60 2.75 1.10 4.42 10.87 Source: Voyants, Gurugram, 2017

17.5.8 Parks and Open Spaces Use 17.5.9 Forest Areas. The town lacks in organised parks and open Nearly 111.06 hectares of land falls under spaces. Local Parks are therefore, required to Demarcated Protected Forest use in Nadaun be developed at cluster/sector level. At the Planning Area. This has been indicated in the rate of standard of 1.00 hectares per 1000 existing land-use map as well as the proposed population, 17.50 hectares land is required to land-use map. It is proposed to maintain and cater for population of the Planning Area by the preserve all these forest areas. In case of year 2036. As 7.31 hectares area is existing, private forests, no urban activity involving therefore, 10.19 hectares area is required felling of trees and despoiling of natural surface more. It is proposed to develop the old Nadaun and slopes shall be permissible. The State Govt. Fort area into a tourist spot-cum-recreational should acquire such private forest lands. area with landscaped gardens fountains, and light and sound show. The open forest area around DPF Tillu and DPF Kuthar are proposed to be developed as A 10 hectare land has also been earmarked for botanical garden and zoological garden and a proposed Botanical and Zoological Park in Tillu town forest in the order to promote tourism Khas village. excursions respectively.

17.5.10 Water Bodies Use

The land under Water Bodies i.e. 104.52 hectares shall remain as such.

Page | 127 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Figure 17-2: Development Proposals Source: Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Page | 128 Nadaun Land use

18 Land use Introduction developed area of the planning area.

The Existing land use of the Nadaun Planning The total Nadaun Planning Area has about Area area was frozen under section -15A of the 40.68% land under agriculture, 32.79% land H.P. Town and Country Planning Act, 1977 on under forest which includes about 12.38% land 25.10.2016. The existing landuse was under Demarcated Protected Forest and prepared, notified and adopted after 20.41% under open forest. River Beas along considering public objections and suggestions. with this bank cover about 11.65% of the total The present Planning Area includes 11 revenue area under Nadaun Planning Area. villages besides, Nadaun Nagar Panchayat. 18.2.1 Residential Use Existing Land Use Plan It comprises of 86.37 hectares area which The existing land use plan has been prepared works out to be 9.62 percent of the Planning on the contoured Base Map provided by Area. The residential areas are generally AGiSAC (Aryabhatta Geo Informatics Space occupied by two to three storeyed houses. The Application Centre), Department of housing areas are sprawling along the Environment, Science and Technology, Shimla. highways, around the old town, village abadis The Base Map has been prepared on World and in the agricultural fields. The old residential View-2 satellite image having 0.45 m localities are along the old Bazar and old Bus resolution. After interpretation of land Stand in the central area of Seri and Kot utilisation or land cover from the satellite Villages. The new extensions are coming up imagery, a predominant land use survey was along the two National Highways particularly in conducted to identify the various land uses Bela village. The new SDM Colony has also within the settlement area. come up in Village Bela. Residential use intermix with the commercial use is a common The land use classification is specified in the phenomenon. Shops on ground floor on the URDPFI Guidelines have been adopted for the road side and remaining structure for planning area. residential purpose is a common sight.

18.2.2 Commercial Use Of the total land in Nadaun Planning Area (897.39 Ha) only 133.60 Ha i.e., 14.89% is Most of the commercial establishments are developed and remaining 763.79 i.e., 85.11% in located within the Pattan Bazaar, along NH-3 under developed. Of the total developed land, and NH-303 and in the vicinity of the Main about 64.65% is residential area while 4.62% of Market at the Bus stand the land is under commercial use. Transportation which includes road and other The commercial use consists of 6.17 hectares transportation facilities constitutes an area of which is 0.69% of the Planning Area. The 22.46 Ha i.e., about 16.81% of the total construction of shops along roads emanating developed area. The public and semi-public from town is a common phenomenon. area and open green area in Nadaun Planning Area account for nearly 8.45% and 5.47% of Temporary shops or khokas are located here total developed area of Nadaun Planning Area. and there, only a few organised shopping centre can be seen on NH-303 in front of the Table 18-1 shows the land use distribution of Bus stand Nadaun Planning Area, Nadaun Nagar Panchayat Area and the landuse distribution of

Page | 129 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 18-1: Land use Distribution, 2016

Nadaun Planning Area Nadaun Nagar Panchayat Developed Area Sr. Percentage Standards Land use Category No. Area Percentage of Area Percentage of Area (in Ha) of (by URDPFI) (in Ha) Total Land (in Ha) Total Land Developed Land 1 Residential 86.37 9.62% 36.21 15.64% 86.37 64.65% 50-55% 2 Commercial 6.17 0.69% 2.32 1.00% 6.17 4.62% 2-3% 3 Public and Semi Public 11.29 1.26% 7.46 3.22% 11.29 8.45% 8-10% 4 Recreational 7.31 0.81% 2.03 0.88% 7.31 5.47% 15-18% 5 Transportation 22.46 2.50% 7.24 3.13% 22.46 16.81% 5-6% a Road 22.21 2.47% 6.99 3.02% 22.21 16.62% b Transportation Facilities 0.25 0.03% 0.25 0.11% 0.25 0.19% 6 Agriculture 365.05 40.68% 81.62 35.26% a Agriculture 340.39 37.93% 74.56 32.21% b Plantation 24.66 2.75% 7.06 3.05% 7 Forest 294.22 32.79% 37.86 16.36% a Demarcated Protected Forest 111.06 12.38% 0.00 0.00% b Open Forest 183.16 20.41% 37.86 16.36% 8 Water Bodies 104.52 11.65% 56.73 24.51% TOTAL 897.39 100.00% 231.47 100.00% 133.6 100.00% Source: Land use Map based on Base Map prepared by AGiSAC

Page | 130

Figure 18-1: Existing Land use Map of Nadaun Planning Area, 2016 Source: VSPL, Gurgaon

18.2.3 Public and Semi-Public Use around the town are in plenty and the same are Under Public and Semi-Public Use, facilities serving as green lungs and areas for passive comprising of education, health, postal, police recreation. The town enjoys unique etc. including government and semi- environmental setting. The ground adjacent to government offices occupy an area of 10.99 the SDM office is the only space for organizing hectares. The utilities including water supply, cultural activities in the town. sewerage, electricity, telephone 18.2.5 Traffic and Transportation Use establishments and garbage disposal sites The major roads including National Highways comprise an area of 0.30 hectares. Thus, total and those emanating from the town as well as existing landuse under public and semi-public those interlinking the different localities have use is 11.29 hectares which is 1.26% of the total an area of 22.21 hectares. The area under- Planning Area. transportation facilities such as bus stand is 18.2.4 Parks and Open Spaces 0.25 hectare, thus, total area under traffic and transportation use is 22.46 hectares, which is The organized Parks and Open Spaces are 2.50% of the total Planning Area. scarce and presently occupies an area of 7.31 hectares which is negligible of the Planning

Area. The citrus trees in the forests within and

Page | 131 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

18.2.6 Agriculture use developable land in each sector, holding Agriculture land occupies 365.05 hectares capacity in terms of population and activities, which is 40.68% of the Planning Area. The existing landuse of the area, development agriculture land includes 340.39 hectares of potentials, conformity of landuse of its surrounding areas, threshold population for area under agricultural use and 24.66 hectares facilities, locational attributes of amenities, site of area under plantations. characteristics, convenient distance of work 18.2.7 Forest use areas from residential area, land values etc. An area of 294.22 hectares is under the forest which is 32.79% of the Planning Area. The The growth of the 11 villlages out side the 294.22 hectares of land comprises of 111.06 Nagar Panchayat Area has been envisaged in hectares of Demarcated Protected Forest and the vicinity of existing village settlement based 183.16 hectares of Open Forest. on their projected population. The total additional land area for development has been 18.2.8 Water Bodies Use worked out based on the gross residential The area under water bodies primarily rivers, density as 75 pph which accounts to 101.18 ha. nullahs and Khad is 104.52 hectares which is 11.65 percent of the Planning Area. Out of 897.39 hectares of land within Planning Area, 237.90 hectares (26.51%) is proposed as Principles of Land Use urbanisable area whereas 659.49 hectares of Proposal land (73.49%) has been retained as peri-urban area comprises of Agriculture, Forest, and 1. All the public facilities and amenities as per Water Bodies uses. The 136.51 hectares URDPFI guidelines are majorly demarcated (15.21%) is proposed for low density residential on the government land and proposals are use. As the Government land is scarce almost kept limited upto availability of land under entire infrastructural development including open forest and agriculture land use roads, commercial activities, residential categories minimizing need for land activities, has to take place on private land in acquisition. accordance with population of the area, 2. The development plan caters to the topographical conditions and potentials & individual growth of the villages/growth propensities of land. The land owners, centres and is planned as per the needs of however, resist for any sort of proposal for community uses and compel the authorities to the immediate population by providing all change the proposals. Approach of negotiated basic amenities and facilities. proposals has, therefore, been envisaged in the 3. The urban growth by change in existing land Development Plan. Further detailing of use is proposed mostly under open forest proposals will have to be done in accordance and agriculture land use category. with prescribed zoning and sub-divisions 4. To improve accessibility and to shift traffic regulations by the local bodies in primarily built from core areas in order to reduce up areas, the Revenue Department and the congestion, few roads are proposed majorly development agency through limited land on open forest and agriculture landuse. acquisition, land pooling reconstitution mechanism involving land owners in the new Land Allocation areas. Mechanism Uses pertaining to various economic activities like trade, commerce, tourism, industries and Allocation of developable land for different income generating amenities if, segregated uses to meet with the requirements for the and provided separately in patches are next 20 years i.e. upto the year 2036 is made unsustainability. Similarly, facilities and and proposed land-use structure devised services like schools, nursing homes, banks, accordingly. The various landuses have been telephone exchange and other financial proposed keeping in view the availability of institutions also needs to be close proximity of

Page | 132

the habitation. On the contrary, Government including parking, parks, open spaces and and Semi-Government Offices, Postal Facilities, circulation networks are to be detailed out in Police Service etc. are essentially town level view of the local setting in accordance with the facilities which can be at a central location prescribed zoning regulations. away from the habitation as well. The Proposed Landuse Development Plan, therefore, addresses the central and local activities for town Classification level/regional and sectoral pursuits The land in the proposed Development Plan respectively. The related requirements thereof has been categorized into nine Land Use Zones: Table 18-2: Proposed Land Use Classification, 2036 Sr. No. Landuse Classification Land Use Sub-Classification 1 Residential Use: R - 2 Commercial Use: C 1. Retail Shopping Zone and General Business: C1 2. Service Sector: C2 3. Wholesale, Go‐downs, Warehousing/ Regulated markets: C3 3 Mixed Use: M - 4 Industrial Use: I - 5 Public/Semi-Public Use: PS 1. Govt./ Semi Govt. / Public Offices: PS 1 2. Educational and Institutional: PS 2 3. Facilities and Amenities PS 3 4. Medical and Health: PS 4 5. Heritage and Socio-Cultural: PS 5 6. Utilities and Services: PS 6 6 Recreational Use: R - 7 Transport Use: T - 8 Primary Activity Use: PA 1. Agriculture: PA 1 2. Plantation: PA 2 3. Open Forest: PA 3 4. Village Abadi: PA 4 9 Protected & Undevelopable Use: E 1. Water bodies: E1 2. Protected Forest: E2 3. Green Belt/Buffer: E3 4. Undevelopable use zone: E4

Proposed Land Use Plan to be detailed out during the course of preparation of Sectoral Plans and Schemes. 18.6.1 Residential Use 18.6.2 Commercial Use: On the basis of residential density of 75 persons per hectare, an area of 136.51 A total area of 8.75 hectares (0.97%) has been hectares (15.21%) has been proposed for the proposed for Commercial use. Most of the residential purpose. The residential areas are commercial facilities have been proposed near proposed to be developed in and in the the residential area in order to carter to the surroundings of the Nagar Panchayat Areas residing population Other town level facilities viz, Wholesale and Warehousing activity around the existing settlements. The (Mandi) of 1.29 hectares has been proposed residential area accounts to 57.38% of the along the NH-3. Shopping centres are proposed developable area. i.e., 237.90 hectares. The to be developed along with sizeable shops and local activities of cluster level enlisted in Chapter 10 such as nursery and primary requisite infrastructure, along the NH-3 in Tillu schools, dispensaries, parks, toilets etc. form Pratham village. Moreover, the Development an integral part of the residential areas and are Plan envisages to prepare improvement schemes for the existing shopping centre to

Page | 133 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun ensure improvement in environmental quality. Zoological Park apart from organized green To carter to incoming tourist in the town, an spaces such as parks and playgrounds. area of 0.38 hectares (0.01%) has been allocated. It includes the area require for 18.6.7 Traffic and Transportation Use: boarding and lodging of future tourist traffic which may come up within the Nadaun As the town has grown around junctions of NH- Planning Area along with other conforming 3 and NH-303, there is a lot of regional traffic land uses. on these narrow roads for which improvement in road network is proposed in the shape of 18.6.3 Mixed Land Use bye-pass road. Traffic and Transportation Use: As area of 2.40 hectares (0.27%) has been As the town has grown around junctions of NH- allocated for mixed use development at 3 and NH-303, there is a lot of regional traffic strategic locations along the National Highway on these narrow roads for which improvement within the planning area. in road network is proposed in the shape of bye-pass road. 18.6.4 Industry Use

As area of 10.27 hectares (1.14%) has been The Development Plan envisages to provide allocated for industrial development with the parking lots on outskirts of the existing built up planning area. It is proposed to accommodate area to meet with the requirements of agro based, horticulture and forest based increasing traffic volume on major entry points industries and IT and ITeS industries apart from to already congested town. handicraft and cottage industries in form of organized industrial area. An area of 39.99 hectares (4.46%) has been 18.6.5 Public and Semi-Public Use proposed for Traffic and Transportation Use, out of which 18.15 hectares is an existing area The Public and Semi-Public Use includes occupied by roads and parking spaces and utilities, facilities, services, Government and 21.84 hectares is additional requirement which Semi Government offices and Institutions. The includes 1.18 hectares of land for new bus Utilities i.e. water supply, sewerage, drainage, terminal and truck terminal. 0.94 hectares of electricity, telephone establishments, garbage land for parking and 19.72 hectares of area for disposal etc. and Facilities like education, porposed by-passes and widening of existing health, postal, police, fire fighting, banking etc. roads. besides Government and semi Government offices etc. have been given due consideration 18.6.8 Undevelopable Use for allocation of a land for this purpose in the Undevelopable use zone shall be identified as Development plan. These Institutions have all earthquake/landslide prone, cliffs and extraneous influence zone beyond the environmentally hazardous area, areas immediate hinterland. These institutions are adjacent to fault lines, areas with slope higher proposed to be developed through their own than 45 degree (NBC), flood plain and other mechanism by the respective authorities. areas identified by State Disaster Management The existing land under public and semi-public Authority and all the environmentally sensitive facilities is 11.29 hectares and additional areas requirement of 3.07 hectares is anticipated by providing utilities, facilities and services in. the Nadaun Planning Area has about 0.77 hectares Planning Area by the year 2036. Accordingly, of Undevelaopable Area which acounts to 14.36 hectares (1.60%) of land is propose 0.09% of the total land. under Public and Semi-Public use. 18.6.6 Parks and Open Spaces Use An area of 25.63 hectares (2.86%) has been proposed for organised parks and open spaces which includes 10 hectares of Botanical and

Page | 134

Figure 18-2: Proposed Land Use Plan Source: Proposed by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Page | 135 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 18-3: Land use Distribution, 2036 Nadaun Planning Area Developable Area Code Land use Category Percentage of Total Percentage of Standards (by URDPFI) Area (in Ha) Land Area (in Ha) Total Land R Residential 136.51 15.21% 136.51 57.38% 50-55% C Commercial 8.75 0.97% 8.75 3.68% 2-3% M Mixed Land Use 2.40 0.27% 2.40 1.01% I Industry 10.27 1.14% 10.27 4.32% 3-4% PS Public and Semi Public 14.36 1.60% 14.36 6.04% 8-10% G Recreational Green 25.63 2.86% 25.63 10.77% 15-18% T Transportation 39.99 4.46% 39.99 16.81% 5-6% T1 Road 37.87 4.22% T2 Transportation Facilities 2.12 0.24% PA Primary Activity Use 430.18 47.94% PA1 Agriculture 273.99 30.53% PA2 Plantation 24.66 2.75% PA3 Open Forest 131.54 14.66% E Protected and Undevelopable Use 229.30 25.55% E1 Water Bodies 104.52 11.65% E2 Demarcated Protected Forest 111.06 12.38% E3 Green Buffers 12.95 1.44% E4 Undevelopable Area 0.77 0.09% TOTAL 897.39 100.00% 237.90 100.00% Source: Proposed by Voyants

Page | 136

Landuse Permissibility

Table 18-4: Land use Permissibility – Developable Area Uses Premises Use Zones R- Residential C- Commercial M- Mixed use I- Industrial PSP- Public, Semi Public Recreational R- Residential Residential Plot- Plotted P NP P NP NP NP housing Residential Plot- Group P NP P NP NP NP housing Residential-cum-work plot R R P R R NP Employees housing P NP P P P NP Guest House, Boarding and P P P R P NP Lodging houses Hostel P P P R R NP Old age homes P R P NP NP NP Dharamshala and its R P P R P NP equivalent Night shelter P R P R P NP C- Commercial Local Level (Convenience/ P P P R NP NP Local Shopping Centre) Cinema/ Multiplexes R P P P NP NP Service markets R P P R NP NP Informal Bazaars R P P NP NP NP Wholesale Trade NP P P P NP NP Storage, go down and R P P P NP NP warehousing, cold storage & ice factory, gas go down Wholesale Mandis NP R P NP P NP Slaughter House NP NP NP R R NP Post Offices R P P R NP NP

Page | 137 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Uses Premises Use Zones R- Residential C- Commercial M- Mixed use I- Industrial PSP- Public, Semi Public Recreational R- Recreational Parks P P P P P P Playgrounds P P P P P P Botanical/ Zoological garden, NP NP NP NP NP P bird sanctuary Stadiums (indoor) NP NP NP NP R P Outdoor stadiums NP NP NP NP NP P Plant Nursery P P P NP P P M- Industry Household industries R R R P NP NP Non-Pollution, non- NP R R P NP NP obnoxious light industries Noxious obnoxious NP NP NP R NP NP hazardous industries Service centre R P P P R NP Service industry R P P P R NP Dairy and Farming R NP NP R NP NP Quarrying of gravel, sand, NP NP NP R NP NP clay or stone T- Transportation Road network with street P P P P P NP furniture Bus Stops P P P P P NP Bus Terminal NP R R P P NP Parking P P P P P R Bus depots and workshop NP R R P P NP Truck Depots NP R R P R NP Taxi stand P P P R P NP Helipad NP NP NP R P P

Page | 138

Uses Premises Use Zones R- Residential C- Commercial M- Mixed use I- Industrial PSP- Public, Semi Public Recreational PS- Public and Semi-Public Facilities Local/ Government P P P R P NP maintenance offices Offices of utility services P P P R P NP providing agencies Community hall/barat ghar P P P R P NP Community/ Recreational P P P R P NP Hall, Library, Reading Room, Society Office, Creche and Day Care Centre Hospital (up to 100 beds) P R P R P NP Primary Health Centre/ P P P P P NP Family Welfare Centre/ Maternity Home, Dispensary etc. Nursing home/ Polyclinic/ P P P P P NP Clinical Laboratory Dispensary for pet and P P P P P NP animals Primary school/ Middle P NP P NP P NP school School for Mentally/ P NP P NP P NP Physically Challenged Technical Training Centre R NP P NP P NP (ITI/ Polytechnic/ Vocational/ Training Institute/ Management Institute/ Teacher Training Institute, etc) Religious premises P NP P R P NP Gymnasium P P P R P NP Swimming Pool P P P NP P P

Page | 139 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Uses Premises Use Zones R- Residential C- Commercial M- Mixed use I- Industrial PSP- Public, Semi Public Recreational Yoga Centres P P P R P P Electrical distribution depots P R P P P NP Water Pumping Stations P R P P P NP Burial Grounds NP NP R R P NP Petrol Pump R P P P P NP Banks, clubs, ATM, Police P P P R P NP stations, Police post Court NP NP NP NP P NP Jails NP NP NP NP P NP Fire Stations P P P P P NP Exhibition and art gallery P P P NP P NP Monuments NP R NP NP P P Radio Transmitter and P P P P P NP wireless stations Telecommunication Centre P P P P P NP Telephone exchange P P P P P NP Sewage treatment NP R R P P NP plant/disposal work Water treatment plant R R R P P NP Solid waste dumping yard NP NP NP P P NP Source: Proposed by Voyants based on URDPFI Guidelines P- Permissible R- Restricted PR- Prohibited

Note: Other than the above-mentioned use zones, there are two additional zones viz., Primary Activity Use and Protected and Undevelopable Use Zone. The Primary activity use zone would involve uses of agriculture, plantation, Open forest and Village Abadi. Residential, Commercial and Industrial uses are strictly prohibited in this zone. Similarly, Protected and Undevelopable Use Zone would involve Water bodies, protected forest, Green Belt/ Buffer and Undevelopable use zone (Environmentally sensitive areas). Residential, Commercial and Industrial uses are strictly prohibited in this zone

Page | 140 Nadaun Land Assembly

Table.18-5: Land use Permissibility – Non-Developable Area Land Permitted Uses/ Activities Restricted Uses/ Activities Prohibited Uses/ Activities Use Regional parks, district parks, Building and structures ancillary Any building or structure playgrounds, botanical/ to use permitted in open spaces which is not required for open zoological garden, bird and parks such as stand for air recreation, dwelling unit

sanctuary, clubs, stadiums vehicles on hire, taxis and except for watch and ward (indoor), outdoor stadiums scooters, bus and railway personnel and uses not with/ without health centre for passenger terminals, facilities specifically permitted therein. players and staff, picnic huts, such as police post, fire post, post holiday resorts, shooting range, and telegraph office, commercial sports training centres, use of transit nature like cinema, specialized parks/maidans for circus and other shows, public RECREATIONAL USE multiuse, swimming pool, assembly halls, restaurants and special recreation and special caravan parks, sports stadium, educational areas, library, open air cinemas. public utilities. Road transport terminals (bus Any other use/activity incidental terminals and depots), goods to transport and communication, terminals, parking areas, residential dwelling units for

circulations, truck terminal, essential staff and watch and motor garage, workshop, repair ward personnel. and repair shop and facilities such as night shelter, boarding house, banks, restaurants, booking offices, transmission TRANSPORT USE centre, wireless station, radio and television station, observatory and weather office. Dwelling for the people Farm houses, extensive industry, Residential use except those engaged in the farm (rural brick kilns, sewage disposal ancillary uses permitted in

settlement), farm‐houses and works, electric power plant, agricultural use zone, heavy accessory buildings, quarrying of gravel, sand, clay or extensive, noxious, obnoxious agriculture, horticulture and stone, service industries and hazardous industries, any forestry, poultry, piggeries and accessory to obnoxious and activity which is creating dairy farm, cottage industries, hazardous industries, school and nuisance and is obnoxious in storage, processing and sale of library, temple, churches, nature. farm produce, petrol and other mosques and other religious fuel filling stations, fishing, buildings. PRIMARY ACTIVITY USE public utility and facility buildings. Agro and Social forestry, felling Cutting, sawing, conversion and Any kind of development or removing trees or timber or removal of trees and timber, and residential, industrial or other forest-produce from such the collection, manufacture and commercial, quarrying of

forests for their own use for the removal of forest-produce, from stone, or burning of lime or purposes of trade. protected forests. charcoal, or the collection or subjection to any manufacturing process, or removal of, any forest- produce in any such forest, and the breaking up or PROTECTED FOREST clearing for cultivation, for building, for herding cattle or for any other purpose, of any land in any such forest. Source: Proposed by Voyants based on URDPFI Guidelines

Page | 141

19 Land Assembly

Introduction planning an area in which all the plots have no Land is a scarce commodity as its supply is proper development. In such a situation, no limited and it cannot be created. It is therefore, civic amenities like parks, solid waste collection most essential to ensure that utilisation of the bins, or basic health services are possible. available land is judicious and in the best Without a rational street network, fire engines interest of the community through the and ambulances can never reach their instrument of Development Plans. Various emergency destination sites. Without a street implementation of the plan proposals requires network, no water supply network, storm procurement of land either by way of private water drainage, communication cables, or negotiations or through the Land Acquisition street lighting is possible. In land pooling, all of Act. Land procurement through such means the land is brought into one “pool”. A rational require huge capital investment which is road layout, with all of the services required is beyond the fiscal capabilities of local planned. These roads, amenities and services authorities. In the context of making the may take up to thirty percent of the land. To development schemes self-financing, practical “create” this land, a proportional percentage and effective system of land assembly have of land needed for these common facilities is been evolved under the Urban Development deducted from each plot. Plans Formulation and Implementation Now the original plots which were of odd (UDPFI) Guidelines prepared by the Centre for shapes, are reconstituted into rectangular Research Documentation and Training shapes. These new plots, which are Institute of Town Planners, New Delhi. Among proportionately smaller than the original land, the land assembly techniques, Land Pooling are, however urban plots. Over the period of and Redistribution Scheme popularly known as time as the area is upgraded with services and Town Planning Scheme has been adopted for roads, the value of the plots increases. efficient and effective management of land. A Land pooling aims to achieve its goals in a Town Planning (TP) Scheme is land legitimate and efficient way will have the development technique undertaken by the following characteristics: − land owners who pool their land to secure a  Actively promotes partnership good layout thereof. The TP Scheme is basically  Designed to produce a fair and a legal procedure for allowing: equitable sharing of profit and risk i) Pooling of land by different amongst willing and unwilling owners. owners  Operates within a decision-making framework that is speedy, both fair ii) Formulation and approval of the and efficient in its outputs and layout showing the ‘original’ as processes; well as the ‘final’ plots  Addresses issues of value and iii) Redistribution of ‘final’ plot after property-rights; and charging betterment contribution  Leaves social and environmental and paying compensation for the issues to the political process of land use for public purposes and planning. transferred to the local authority. Land Pooling is also important because cities must transition in order to meet current needs Land Pooling and future demands. We need options that Land pooling is a technique of rationally engage and not marginalize property owner’s.

Nadaun Land Assembly

We need solutions that create less opposition compensation, entitlements, and on compensation and other matters important resettlement assistance); to residents. Land pooling is Bottom up- ii. Lack of formal legal land title is not a stakeholder driven, Equity-based where bar for compensation and assistance; property owners contribute in together and is Land Pooling contributions will be kept Democratic participatory process. at similar percentages to the extent Strengths possible  Developers with real estate development expertise can be iii. Plot owners contributing to Land involved in the early stage of Pooling will directly benefit from roads redevelopment. and drainage, and water supply and  Land Pooling that requires the sewerage connections. During approval of the majority of landowners consultation, landowners will be to execute land assembly is more informed by the Government of the democratic than is eminent domain. Project’s implementation schedule  Land pooling can avoid the heavy up- and the expected timeframe for the front capital requirement for property delivery of benefits; acquisitions by the local government. iv. All non-titled Displaced persons whose  The cost of infrastructure is borne by income or livelihood is affected is selling some of the plots and without entitled to receive assistance to external funds, planned development restore income and livelihood at pre- is possible project standards, and all vulnerable  Low income group could be given Displaced persons are entitled to some plots receive additional assistance; and  Enforcement of land use and building v. Adequate grievance redressal bye-laws is easier mechanism will be in place with Displaced persons having recourse Challenges with regard to non-delivery of  There is no precedent of land pooling benefits. legislation. vi. Plot owners who do not agree to Land  Participation in planning and Pooling will not be eligible to negotiation is time consuming for participate and benefit from Land property owners. Pooling. The Government will acquire  Public or private initiators of land the land of the non-agreeing plot pooling must have good negotiation owners and provide the Displaced skills. persons:  All participating parties—land owners, the town, and developers—will have a. Alternative land with to share redevelopment risks. equivalent characteristics if  Anticipated capital gains for the affected land is the only participating landowners will not be land owned by the Displaced realized until they sell their property. persons. With limited land area and a huge population b. Compensation at market rates to accommodate, land pooling is one of the in accordance with Property solutions to equitable Urban Development. Assessment and Valuation. Land pooling is guided by the following The Displaced persons will also principles: be compensated for all assets i. All Displaced persons (titled and non- on the land acquired at titled) will be fully informed and replacement value. consulted on Land Pooling sites,

Page | 143 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Land Pooling Practice be handed over a Land Pooling Ownership across the World Certificate. In addition, the developed land would be handed over within three years. In 19.3.1 Delhi the case of farmers who are residing in the area The Ministry of Urban Development has where capital is being developed, all the approved Land Pooling policy on 5 September 22,405 farmers would be exempt from farm 2013. Under this policy, landowners can loans. Accordingly, about Rs. 200 crores would surrender their land holding into the central be earmarked for loan waiver of these farmers. pool and be a stakeholder to the development In case of farmers who offer their land located proposed on their land. Once the land is in different places in the capital region, they pooled, the owner would get back 40-60% of would be allotted developed land at one place the total land surrendered, as developed land, if they so wish. “for once, the disputes on the undervaluation of lands for acquisition would be removed, and 19.3.3 Gujarat & Maharashtra the process would seem fair to every land Under the policy, the public planning agency or owner, irrespective of the size of their land development authority temporarily brings holding. The 40-60% land that DDA would together a group of landowners for the retain with them would be utilized for creation purpose of planning, under the aegis of the of infrastructure as well as monetize it against state-level town or urban planning act. As specific purpose, by DDA. There are two basic there is no acquisition or transfer of ownership types of Land Pooling, which have been involved, there is no case for paying announced so far: compensation. A master plan of the area is 20 hectares and above where 60% of i) prepared, laying out the roads and plots for land would be returned to the social amenities. The remaining land is landowner. reconstituted into final plots for the original ii) 02-20 hectares, where about 48% of owners. The size of the final plot is in land pooled would be returned to the proportion to the size of the original plot, and landowner. its location is as close as possible to the original plot. A betterment charge based on the cost of 19.3.2 Andhra Pradesh the infrastructure proposed to be laid is levied Andhra Pradesh announces land-pooling policy on the landowners. Infrastructure is then for capital region development. As per the provided utilizing these funds. policy, for farmers who have patta lands, and whose one-acre land has been taken for capital 19.3.4 Kathmandu, Nepal development, they will be given 1000 yards of Land Pooling in Nepal has a detailed planning residential and 200 yards of developed process which includes dividing the area into commercial land. In the case of assigned lands, sector, sub sector, neighbourhood, blocks and were one care land has been taken away from sub blocks. The existing administrative the farmer, he would get 800 yards of boundary and land owners land are considered developed residential area and 100 yards of during the sub block alignment planning. The commercial land. In addition, for one acre, a government/Authority makes sure that no farmer parts with, he would get Rs. 30,000 per land owner, the areas within the year with an escalation of Rs. 3,000 per year. administrative boundary or any natural Once a farmer hands over the land, he would features are affected.

Page | 144 Nadaun Land Assembly

Figure 19-1: Land Pooling process in Kathmandu, Nepal Source:http://www.fig.net/resources/proceedings/fig_proceddings/fig2010/ppt/ts09h/ts09h_oli_ppt_4553.pdf

The survey activities are briefly described as and their contribution and gather other the following: information required for planning.

19.3.4.1 Mapping 19.3.4.4 General land contribution The control survey is based on national control In Nepal, the contribution is only to the extra networks and that carries out to accuracy of a facilities received is the land but not the “cm”. For extended areas if there is an money. Generally, the following percentage of inaccuracy of existing points, it is not neglected contribution is required: and coordinated with midpoint which is fixed and calculation is carried out accordingly. Table 19-1: Land contribution (in Percentage) Topographical mapping is carried out using Infrastructure Facilities Land % total stations survey. Infrastructures like Road 19% frontages of buildings, connection of water, Open Spaces 5% electricity, telephone and roads are also Infrastructure Development 8-10% considered. And during survey period, any Administrative cost 4% objections of the land owners will appear on Source: https://www.fig.net/resources/proceedings land pooling programme. 19.3.4.5 Thimphu, Bhutan In Thimphu Land pooling is guided by the 19.3.4.2 Land Valuation following principles: The existing price of land parcel are evaluated i. Land Pooling contributions will be during survey period judging, also including the confirmed by written record signed by the price of land owner willing to sell, the landowner, TCC, and verified by the OAG— purchaser or real estate agent willing to pay, with copies retained by the three parties; and from the cadastral survey data. The simple ii. Agreement from 100% landowners is questionnaire is completed in the field After required for LP; planning and provision of infrastructure, the iii. Land Pooling will not severely affect living value of land/land class will be increased as per standards of Displaced persons and the the land classes. The price of the land be following measures will be ensured: estimated as per land price existing developed a. Land Pooling will exclude traditional neighboring areas. The real estate agency also villages; be asked for the price they are willing to pay b. Land Pooling will exclude land with after the infrastructure development. residential and commercial structures;

c. Land Pooling will minimize shifts in land 19.3.4.3 Socio Economic Survey plot owned. Only land rendered The socio-economic survey of all land owners inefficient from the perspective of including residing outside the land pooling area agriculture or for future structures will be conducted and to explain about the project, be considered for shifting. Landowner collect their opinion about the project, agreement will be required prior to infrastructure requirement, land utilization shifting the location of plots and the

Page | 145 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

reallocated plot will be within the same 1. The shape and configuration of plots is more Local Area Plan; appropriate for urban structures and uses, iv. The Government will not allocate surplus 2. The size of all plots is reduced by an agreed land from the local area to finance Land proportion to create sufficient public and Pooling; planned provision of roads, infrastructure, v. The Government, to the extent possible, social facilities, open space and reserve will include Government land to reduce plots.” Land Pooling contributions Prior to the preparation of the Thimphu Case Study: Lungtenphu, Structure Plan and the drafting of subsequent Bhutan Local Area Plans (LAP), the government Lungtenphu encompasses an area of 243.5 acquired lands from farmers for the hectares to the eastern side of Wang Chhu development of urban centers and public River and extends to the slopes of Simtokha. facilities. This would involve the creation of The road passing through the Royal Bhutan regular-shape plots that were then serviced Army area completes the boundary on the and allotted to the business community. northern side. Prior to land pooling, paddy In view of the inadequacies and challenges, the fields were the predominant land use in government introduced land pooling as an Lungtenphu. alternative tool for urban development. The Lungtenphu LAP went through a large Simultaneously, during the preparation of the number of public consultations, which explains master plan for Thimphu, the government why the municipality achieved 100 percent initiated rigorous public consultation and agreement from the public and was the first detailed assessments of the socio-cultural, plan to be implemented. The Lungtenphu LAP traditional, and environmental aspects of the encompasses a total of 420 plots owned by 271 localities. landowners. The most important aspect of Thimphu’s A major focus of the Lungtenphu LAP was to experience was the introduction of land reconfigure the existing developable land in pooling to help reduce the cost of such a manner that each landowner would implementing the LAPs. It is important to note retain their original land parcel but with proper that land pooling did not have legal “teeth” access to amenities and services. By until the passing of the Local Government Act reconfiguring the layout of land, the plots were (2009, 69), which defines Land Pooling (LP) as made regular in size and shape to allow for “a planning technique to redefine ownership of efficient development. land in such a way that:

Page | 146 Nadaun Land Assembly

Figure 19-2: Lungtenphu in 2003 Source: https://geleynorbu.wordpress.com/2015/08/09/land-pooling-in-thimphu-bhutan/

Figure 19-3: Lungtenphu in 2013 Source: https://geleynorbu.wordpress.com/2015/08/09/land-pooling-in-thimphu-bhutan

Page | 147 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

20 Plan Implementation Introduction

The Development Plan contains provision for a Phasing, costing and implementation of projected population of 17501 people which is Development Plan is to be contemplated by anticipated to reside in Nadaun Planning Area integrating it as part of Five Year Plans and by the end of year 2036 through period of 20 keeping in view development priorities to years. The total area covered within Nadaun meet needs of growing population, yet in view Planning Area is 897.39 hectares. The 111.06 of socio-economic dynamics likely to persist hectares of land covered under DPF. and after the course of five years on one hand and 104.52 hectares under Water Bodies has been in consonance with the national policy of retained as such. An acute shortage of funds preparation of rolling plans on the other. The for acquisition of land for public purposes is a programme for implementation of each great challenge to the administration to ensure successive phase has to be worked out in view a sustainable integrated development pattern. of reviewing at interval of 5 years time frame It has, therefore, been proposed to adopt a i.e. after each phase. For implementation of people's participatory approach for an Development Plan, services land have optimum accomplishment. It will only be necessarily to be developed in view of planning possible with the joint efforts of Nagar provisions to the channelise growth of the Panchayat and the Gram Panchayats included town according to the Development Plan. In in the Nadaun Planning Area and the implementation of this Development Plan, Department of Town and Country Planning Nagar Panchayat Nadaun and Gram which is nodal agency for planning in the State. Panchayats are proposed to play an instrumental role for bulk services, however, Out of 897 hectares of the Planning Area, area the State Govt. has to make allocation either to required for various uses upto the year 2036 the Department of Town and Country Planning works out to be 101.18 hectares. Though or to Infrastructural Departments.

Phasing

The Development Plan is a regulatory important as it gives lead to the development instrument to guide the development through pattern that is to be followed in subsequent 20 years. Since it is not possible to clearly phases. foresee the entire scenario with reference to the financial aspects that is likely to emerge To implement the proposals made in previous over such a long period, therefore, the chapter in a phased manner, following phases Development Plan is considered to be a long- have been proposed: - term policy document which is to serve as a Phase I 2016-2021 guide for development and must be reviewed Phase II 2021-2026 after every five years to incorporate all the Phase III 2026-2031 changes on priorities. The first phase is very Phase IV 2031-2036

Page | 148 Nadaun Plan Implementation

Details of activities to be undertaken in each phase is given in the table below:- Sr. Activities/Use Phase I Phase II Phase III Phase IV No. 2016-21 2021-26 2026-31 2031-36 1 Commercial a Wholesale market/ware-housing at Jalari junction  b Relocation of Fish market  c Hotels and Restaurants   d Service Sector - Repair shops   2 Industrial a Handicraft and Cottage Industries   b Agro-processing Industries   c IT and ITeS Industries   3 Traffic & Transportation a 24m wide Proposed new by-pass  b 15m wide NH-3 by pass via Bharmoti Kalan  c Junction Improvements  d Truck Parking at Jalari  e Bus Terminal at Nagarda along NH-3  f Widening of existing NH to 15m and other local roads  g Construction of new sector road  h Relocation of Taxi stand  i Parking at strategic locations   4 Tourism a Development of Nadaun Fort as a tourist / picnic spot  b Repair and Restoration of Nadaun Fort  c Light and sound show at Nadaun Fort  d Development of other heritage sites   5 Facilities a Nursery and Primary Schools   b Dispensary  c Nursing Home and Family Welfare Centre   d Post Office   e Police Post / Station   f Fire Station  g Banquet Hall  6 Recreational Spaces a City Park  b Botanical Garden   c Zoological Garden   7 Residential a Residential Sectoral Development    8 Infrastructure a Water supply     b Sewerage     c Strom water drains     d Solid Waste Management     e Power and Telecommunication     Source: Proposed by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Costing The Plan envisages that the residential 'Land Pooling and Reconstitution'. In case the development is to be ensured by the land "Land Pooling and Reconstitution" mechanism owners by sub-divisions and Nagar Panchayat does not succeed, the land has to be acquired and Gram Panchayats through mechanism of for implementation of the Development Plan

Page | 149 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Roads with width 6.00 metres and less are to This includes: be developed by Nagar Panchayats and Gram  Construction of new roads and road Panchayat by raising funds from the widening on proposed roads. beneficiaries. Roads with a width of 9.00 Construction of storm-water drains metres, 12.00 metres and 15.00 metres are to along the roads. be implemented by the PWD by raising  Construction of Water Treatment Plan development charges through implementation and laying of water supply distribution and realization of remunerative uses in the network activity zones. However, the cost of arterial  Construction of Sewerage Treatment roads (18.00 metres) including bye passes, bulk Plant and laying of sewer network water and electric supply is to be borne by  Augmentation of existing electric sub- obtaining funds through plan allocation from station and laying of over-head electrical the State Government and the same is to be lines realized subsequently from the beneficiaries.  Street-lighting and telecommunication The cost of various infrastructure projects networking envisaged in the Development Plan accounts  Solid waste management of about 291 crores.

Table 20-1: Summary of Infrastructure Cost S.No. Description Unit Rate Total Total Amount Quantity

1 ROADS & PATHWAY 1A Asphalt Carriage Way Sqm 3,300 145142.62 47,89,70,646 300mm GSB, 250mm WMM, 100mm DBM, 40mm BC SUB HEAD TOTAL 47,89,70,646 2 STORM WATER DRAINAGE 2A Rectangular Drains (RCC) Meter 21,000 60719.00 1,27,50,99,000 2B Culverts (RCC) Big Meter 70,00,000 4.00 2,80,00,000 2C Culverts (RCC) Road Crossings Each 65,000 31.00 20,15,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 1,30,51,14,000 3 WATER SUPPLY 3A Potable Water Supply Distribution Network Meter 3,500 17926.04 6,27,41,140 HDPE PE80 <300mmdia, 300mm>DI Pipes, S&S K-7 3B WTP MLD 3,00,00,000 1.20 3,60,00,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 9,87,41,140 4 SEWERAGE 4A Waste Water network Meter 5,750 17926.04 10,30,74,730 RCC NP-3 internal lined pipes 4B STP MLD 3,50,00,000 0.50 1,75,00,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 12,05,74,730 5 Solid Waste Management TPD 3,00,000 1000.00 30,00,00,000 6 Power and Telecommunications 6A Augmentation of Gaggal Sub Station 33/11kV L.S 3,50,00,000 1.00 3,50,00,000 6B New 11kV OH Network KM 6,02,557 24.05 1,44,91,507 6C L.V Network with Pole Mounted Distribution 37.05 3,40,22,951 KM 9,18,298 Transformers 6D Street lighting on the existing OH Infrastructure KM 5,00,000 32.05 1,60,25,000 6E Telecommunications / Data Network Conduiting KM 2,50,000 15.00 37,50,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 10,32,89,458 TOTAL 2,40,66,89,974 Add for Misc & unforeseen items 5% 12,03,34,499 Escalation (per annum) 7% 17,68,91,713 TOTAL (cost as on 2016) 2,91,04,95,102 Source: Estimated by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Page | 150 Nadaun Plan Implementation

The phase wise costing for the infrastructural work is presented in the table below. The detailed costing for infrastructure works envisaged in Development Plan is presented in Annexure 20.1

Table 20-2: Phase-wise costing Description PH-1: 2016-2021 PH-2: 2021-2026 PH-3: 2026-2031 PH-4: 2031-2036 Total Amount S.No. Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Quantity Amount 1 ROADS & PATHWAY 1A Asphalt Carriage Way 76155.10 25,13,11,830 20694 6,82,90,992 14454 4,76,99,421 33839 11,16,68,403 47,89,70,646 300mm GSB, 250mm WMM, 100mm DBM, 40mm BC SUB HEAD TOTAL 25,13,11,830 6,82,90,992 4,76,99,421 11,16,68,403 47,89,70,646 2 STORM WATER DRAINAGE 3A Rectangular Drains (RCC) 22613.00 47,48,73,000 11021.00 23,14,41,000 9603.00 20,16,63,000 17482.00 36,71,22,000 1,27,50,99,000 3B Culverts (RCC) Big 1.00 70,00,000 1 70,00,000 1 70,00,000 1 70,00,000 2,80,00,000 3C Culverts (RCC) Road Crossings 11.00 7,15,000 6.00 3,90,000 5.00 3,25,000 9.00 5,85,000 20,15,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 48,25,88,000 23,88,31,000 20,89,88,000 37,47,07,000 1,30,51,14,000 4 WATER SUPPLY 4A Potable Water Supply Distribution Network 9049.12 3,16,71,920 1977.88 69,22,580 2064.91 72,27,185 4834.13 1,69,19,455 6,27,41,140 HDPE PE80 <300mmdia, 300mm>DI Pipes, S&S K-7 4B WTP 0.6 1,80,00,000 0.6 1,80,00,000 3,60,00,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 3,16,71,920 2,49,22,580 72,27,185 3,49,19,455 9,87,41,140 5 SEWERAGE 5A Waste Water network 9049.12 5,20,32,440 1977.88 1,13,72,810 2064.91 1,18,73,233 4834.13 2,77,96,248 10,30,74,730 RCC NP-3 internal lined pipes 5B STP 0.5 1,75,00,000 1,75,00,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 5,20,32,440 1,13,72,810 1,18,73,233 4,52,96,248 12,05,74,730 6 Solid Waste Management 1000.00 30,00,00,000 30,00,00,000 6 Power and Telecommunications 6A Augmentation of Gaggal Sub Station 33/11kV 1 3,50,00,000 3,50,00,000 6B New 11kV OH Network 12.025 72,45,754 12.025 72,45,754 1,44,91,507 6C L.V Network with Pole mounted Distribution Transformers 18.525 1,70,11,476 18.525 1,70,11,476 3,40,22,951 6D Street lighting on the existing OH Infrustructure 32.05 1,60,25,000 1,60,25,000 6E Telecommunications / Data Network Conduiting 15 37,50,000 37,50,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 2,32,70,754 3,50,00,000 2,42,57,229 2,07,61,476 10,32,89,458 TOTAL 1,14,08,74,944 37,84,17,382 30,00,45,068 58,73,52,581 2,40,66,89,974 Add for Misc & unforeseen items 5,70,43,747 1,89,20,869 1,50,02,253 2,93,67,629 12,03,34,499 Escalation (per annum) 8,38,54,308 2,78,13,678 2,20,53,312 4,31,70,415 17,68,91,713 TOTAL (cost as on 2016) 1,32,83,14,506 49,51,51,929 38,56,15,091 70,14,13,576 2,91,04,95,102 Source: Estimated by Voyants, Gurgaon, 2017

Page | 151 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Financing The cost of residential development including Marketing Committee. road network, sewerage, drainage, The Truck parking in vicinity of the proposed electrification, parks, open spaces, parking, Mandi is to be developed by the Nagar local convenient shopping etc., is to be borne Panchayat/Gram Panchayat/PWD by raising by the land owners either themselves in funds from the beneficiaries in due course of respect of their land holdings or by way of land time, by charged parking. pooling and reconstitution mechanism in respect of small irregular holdings of different The HP Department of Industries/HP State owners. The benefits likely to occur by way of Industrial Development Corporation will be sale of plots by virtue of enhancement of land responsible for development of industrial area. values due to planned efforts would be more Similarly, the respective Departments/ than sufficient to meet with the cost of Government undertaking by raising resources development. On the basis of demarcation of from the beneficiaries will be responsible for plots in view of duly approved sub-division land development of utilities, facilities and services pooling and reconstitution scheme by the including water supply, sewerage, drainage Director, Town and Country Planning electrification, telephone etc. at the town Department. Himachal Pradesh. The land level. owner may get advance from the likely purchasers for development purposes. The Government and Semi-Govt. offices are to be developed by the respective Departments The two-organized commercial complex on either by raising their own resources or by 2.00 hectares of land are to be developed by obtaining funds from the Government. the Nagar Panchayat/Cooperative Societies. Town and sector level parks may be developed The Wholesale warehouse complex on 0.50 by the Nagar Panchayat and Gram Panchayat hectares is to be developed by the HP by arranging land for the purpose.

Implementation Besides landowners, Nagar Panchayat, and 3. Executive Engineer (B&R), H.P.PWD, Gram Panchayats shall be responsible for Nadaun creation of services land. However, overall 4. Executive Engineer (I&PH), Nadaun control on implementation of proposals of 5. Executive Engineer (HPSEB), Nadaun Development Plan in terms of landuse, zoning 6. DFO, Nadaun and sub-division regulations shall vest with the 7. Pradhan, Nagar Panchayat, Nadaun Director, Town and Country Planning 8. Executive Officer, MC, Nadaun Department, Himachal Pradesh. To assess 9. Regional Manager, HRTC, Hamirpur achievements of each phase and to orient the 10. Pradhans, Gram Panchayats in Nadaun Development Plan according to changing Planning Area needs as well as to cater for unforeseen 11. Executive Engineer (NH) factors, it is envisaged to review this Plan after 12.Three Key NGO’s or public the completion of period of each phase. representatives In order to ensure inter-departmental 13.Town & Country Planner, Hamirpur coordination, a committee under the Member Secretary chairmanship of SDM, Nadaun is hereby recommended. It shall have following The Committee may meet at least twice in a members: year and devise ways and means to ensure 1. S.D.M, Nadaun, Chairman implementation of development plan 2. Tehsildar, Nadaun proposals.

Page | 152 Nadaun Plan Implementation

Page | 153

21 General Development Regulation, Building Bye-Laws and Procedure of Plan Sanction

Objective of the Regulation Regulations helps to avoid encroachments and protect the road right of way. Regulations/Building Bye Laws are development control tools used to regulate Jurisdiction of Regulations ground coverage, height, architectural design and construction aspects of buildings to These Regulations shall apply to the sub- achieve orderly development of an area. They division of land and building activities in the are statutory in nature and serve to protect Nadaun Planning Area. The detail of Revenue buildings against fire, earth quake, noise, villages falling in Nadaun Planning Area is as structural failures and other hazards. They also under: safeguard appropriate indoor environment for inhabitants with natural light & ventilation. Table 21-1: Components of Nadaun Planning Area Sr. No. Name of the Revenue Village Hadbast No. Area (in Hectares) 1. Nagarada (Nagar Panchyat) 18/20 72.84 2. Kot (Nagar Panchyat) 18/21 74.00 3. Dolee Gharan (Nagar Panchyat) 18/22 23.15 4. Seri (Nagar Panchyat) 19 61.48 5. DPF Kuthar 18 31.14 6. Kuthar 18/24 45.83 7. Bharmoti Kalan 18/25 98.65 8. Jalari Saunkhlan 19/32 28.40 9. Harmandir Mandiala 19/35 57.60 10 Harmandir Rukwalan (Partially) 19/37 5.06 11 Bela 19/38 193.94 12 DPF Tillu 19/39 87.10 13 Tillu Pratham 19/39 13.32 14 Tillu Khas 19/39 72.96 15 Gagaal 19/40 31.92 Total 897.39 Source: Gazette Notification dated 14.05.2015

Applicability of regard to the same and as amended from time to time and shall be applicable for a period for Regulations which this Development Plan has been These Regulations shall be applicable to all prepared, after which these shall be reviewed. building activities and be read in conjunction Till such time the reviewed Regulations are with the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country notified, these will continue to be in force. Planning Act, 1977 and the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014 with

Nadaun Plan Implementation

New Development and re- Development Permission development Development or re-development shall carry out including sub-division on any plot or land Except hereinafter or otherwise provided, these Regulations shall apply to all new (not forming part of any approved layout plan development and re-development of a plot. or scheme) after obtaining approval from the This applies to the design, construction and Competent Authority only. alterations of new & existing buildings within Building Permission the plot. Person shall erect, re-erect or make addition/ In case of part construction where the whole alterations in any building or cause the same to or part of a building is demolished or altered or be done only after obtaining appropriate re-constructed, except where otherwise building permission for each such building specifically stipulated, these Regulations shall from the Competent Authority. apply only to the extent of the work involved. Pre-Code building Change of Land Use shall be allowed by the permission Administrative Department subject to the Building permission issued by the Competent condition that the applicant fulfils the Authority before these Regulations come in to Regulations applicable for the Land Use effect and where construction is in progress proposed to be changed. within the specified timelines, the said permission shall be valid and in case of time Change of Building Use may be permitted by extension, there shall be time extension fee as the Chairman, Municipal Council, Nadaun, as notified by the competent Authority. the case may be, on merit of the case, subject Accordingly, where the validity of permission to the condition that there is no disturbance to has expired and construction has not the adjoining building owners and fulfilment of commenced, such construction shall be other Regulations specified for the purpose. governed by the provisions of these The Change of Building Use for Hotel and Guest Regulations. Houses shall be permissible only if sufficient parking area is available. Procedure for obtaining

The re-development in whole or part of a Permission building which has ceased to operate due to 21.9.1 Application fire, natural collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to be The intimation by Union Government, State demolished, as the case may be, these Government, a local authority or any Authority Regulations shall apply for re-development. constituted under the Act regarding the intention to carry out any development on any Existing approved building land as envisaged under sub-section (1) of section 28 or section 29 of the Act, shall be Nothing in these Regulations shall require the either on paper or online. removal, alteration or abandonment, nor prevent continuance of the lawfully The application for development of land to be established use or occupancy of an existing undertaken under Section 30 by any person approved building unless, in the opinion of the not being the Union or State Government, Competent Authority, such a building is unsafe Local Authority or any other Authority shall be or constitutes a hazard to the safety of with the Forms along with the Specifications adjacent property or to the occupants of the Sheet and Schedule attached, requisite building itself. documents and fee as prescribed under Rule 16 of the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014. All the applications shall

Page | 155 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun be either on paper or online. 4. In the Site Plan, the horizontal distance of electricity line, from development 21.9.2 Documents Required as per Indian Electricity Rules (refer Apart from above, the applicant shall furnish Table 21-2), in case any electricity line the following additional documents namely: is passing over or nearby the proposed 21.9.3 Administrative Documents: site shall be shown. 5. The soil investigation report and 1. A notarized copy of Ownership structural stability certificate shall be documents, i.e. latest original submitted by the applicant on Jamabandi. submission of planning permission 2. Latest original Tatima showing Khasra case and at the time of completion of number of land in question, adjoining structure and before occupancy duly Khasra numbers from all sides of plot singed by the registered Structural and width of the approach path/road. Engineer as per form -15, available The land applied for shall be shown in online. red, in the Tatima. 3. Demarcation Certificate from revenue General Regulations authority shall be submitted. The following General Regulations shall apply 4. A Copy of a notarized receipt of fee to all development activities in the Nadaun paid against Treasury Challan. Planning Area: - 5. To avail any compensatory benefits 1. The plots created after the effective date of due to land acquisition for any public these Regulations shall meet the minimum infrastructure a certificate from the requirements established by these Nagar Panchayat or Gram Panchayat Regulations. All the plots registered prior to or Development Authority or Local coming into force of these Regulations shall Authority as the case may be, shall be be treated as plots irrespective of their size enclosed in support of claim for subject to the condition that 3.00 Metre compensatory benefits. wide road abutting one side of the plot will 21.9.4 Technical Documents: be the basic requirement. If 3.00 Metre 1. Three sets of location Plan in the Scale wide road is not available at site and if it is of 1:1000, showing North direction less in width then the owner shall surrender indicating the land in question, main the remaining width of the road ROW from approach roads, important physical his plot to make the road as 3.00 Metre wide. In such case the setback shall be features of site context, and surrounding ownership. considered from the revised ROW of the 2. Three sets of Site Plan in the scale of approach road. 1:200 showing North direction 2. The construction would be allowed on indicating the proposed site, approach hereditary owned smaller plots on & above road, adjoining buildings, the existing 30 sq.m. Minimum plot size for row housing and proposed utility infrastructure as per Table 21-3. If the plot size after sub- tapping and outfall points including division is coming less than 30 sq.m., then the built-up area and open area the plot cannot be subdivided further, clearly. Site must tally with the shape however independent floors/strata division shall be allowed. and dimensions of plot shown in the Tatima. 3. Building Height- The building height shall 3. Building design showing floor plans, be the vertical distance measured, In case elevations and sections in the scale of of Pitched and Gable roofs from the 1: 100.The architectural drawings duly average level of the front road up to the signed by the licensed and registered point where the external surface of the Architect/ Engineer along with his/her outer wall intersects the finished surface of address and the sloping roof.

Page | 156 Nadaun Plan Implementation

4. Height Exemptions-The following Nadaun Planning Area, as per the Land use structures shall not be considered in plan 2036 in the Development plan. The regulating the height of the building: - permitted uses in the mixed land use areas 1. Roof tanks and their supports not shall be as per the land use permissibility exceeding 1.50 Meter in height. table 2. Mechanical, electrical, HVAC, lift rooms 13.Parking Floor area and the areas comprising and similar service equipment. of, water storage, elevator well, utility 3. Staircase mummy not exceeding 3.00 rooms, veranda with only 2 side enclosed Meter in height. and Porch would not be included in the 4. Architectural features serving no other Floor Area Ratio (FAR). function except that of decoration, 14.Construction other than as is permissible chimneys, elevators, poles, tanks, under the Himachal Pradesh Roadside parapet and other projections not used Control Act, 1972 would not be allowed on for human habitation may extend the controlled width of National Highway beyond the prescribed height limits. Authority of India (NHAI) or Himachal 5. The height limitations of these Pradesh Public Works Department Regulations shall not apply to all kind of (HPPWD). Setbacks as prescribed by Indian religious places e.g. Temples, Mosques, Road Congress code 73 dated 1980 / as Gurudwaras, Churches, etc. provided it updated shall apply. is so designed and approved by the 15.In the plot setback, parking, porch, garage, Competent Authority. swimming pool, septic tank, other services 6. The cornices and window sills may also and steps up to plinth level would be project into set back area up to 0.5 M. permissible. 7. Natural Nallahs and Khuds which passes 16.Building footprint should be such that through land/ land sub divisions shall be nothing intrudes on to the streets and developed and maintained according to adjoining properties. discharge of water. The minimum distance 17.Minimum permissible distance between of building from such Nallahs and Khuds two blocks constructed on a plot shall be should be at least 3.0M and 5.0 M 5.0 Meter or one third of the height of the respectively. taller building, whichever is more. 8. Maximum cutting of the natural profile shall 18.Septic Tank/ leach pit toilets or connections be 3.50 Metre. However, in exceptional with sewerage lines, where available shall cases as decided by the competent be mandatory. authority appropriate retaining walls shall 19.The height of the room for human be constructed based on approved habitation shall not be less than 2.75 structural design. Metres measured from the surface of the 9. Maximum acceptable slope for floor to the lowest point of bottom of slab, development shall be 45 degrees. provided that the minimum headway under 10.The setbacks shall not be applicable to any beam shall not be less than 2.40 services like, road side Metres. The height of floors other than infrastructure/facilities such as rain human habitation would be as per the shelters, landscaping etc. which are requirement of the facility/use specifically permitted by the Himachal 20.All Commercial/ Public and Semi -Public Pradesh Public Works Department on the buildings above 15.00 Metres height shall acquired width of a road with temporary have the provisions for elevators. structures. Such structures should not 21.Firefighting provisions and specification touch the abutting properties. shall be as per National Building code of 11.Minimum building width of 3.0 Metre be India, 2016. ensured after leaving setbacks. No side 22.Risks and respective mitigations shall be setbacks in case of row housing. planned by the competent authorities such 12.There would be Mixed Land Use in the as state Fire department and police to

Page | 157 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

manage events and respond to natural Rules and its amendments from time to disasters. time is to be provided between the building 23.Distance from Electric lines- The distance in and overhead electric supply line as under:- accordance with the current Electricity

Table 21-2: Clearances from Electric Supply Lines Sr. No. Type of Supply Line Vertical Clearance Horizontal Clearance 1. Low and medium voltage 2.50 Metre 1.20 Metre lines and service lines 2. High voltage lines upto and 3.70 Metre 1.20 Metre including 11,000 Volts 3. High voltage lines above 3.70 Metre 2.00 Metre 11,000 Volts and upto and including 33,000 Volts 4. Extra high voltage lines 3.70 Metre plus 0.30 Metre 2.00 Metre plus 0.30 Metre additional 33,000 Volts for every additional 33,000 for every additional 33,000 Volts or part thereof Volts or part thereof Source: HPSEB ltd rules

24.The applicants shall not be insisted for strictly as per the Regulations and facilitate submission of No Objection Certificate single window clearance to the applicant (NOC) from National Highway Authority of India (NHAI) or Himachal Pradesh Public 21.10.1 Residential Buildings Works Department (HPPWD) authorities. However, the Competent Authority shall The minimum plot area, minimum setbacks ensure and coordinate with other related and maximum FAR shall be as under: Authorities that building is sanctioned

Table 21-3: Residential Building Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area

Minimum Set Backs Maximum Maximum Max Sl. Description and Ground (in Meters) Floor Area Height in DUs/ No. Minimum Plot Area Coverage Ratio Meters PLot Front Side Rear Detached Houses (i) 200 m2 to 250 m2 2.5 2.0 2.0 50% 1.50 12.0 1 4 (ii) Above 250 m2 3.5 2.0 2.0 45% 1.50 12.0 to 500 m2 4.5 3.0 3.0 40% 1.50 12.0 (iii) Above 500 m2 Semi-detached Houses with common wall on 2 3 one side Upto120 - 200 m2 2.0 1.5 1.5 50% 1.50 12.0

Row Houses with common 3 wall on two sides 30 m2 to 60 m2 0.9 Nil 0.9 85% 1.65 7.0 2 60 m2 to 120 m2 2.0 Nil 1.0 75% 1.80 10.0 3 Source: Proposed by Voyants based on Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment), Rules 2016

Page | 158 Nadaun Plan Implementation

Note: 1. In case of the smallest category of row housing i.e. 30 sq.m. – 60 sq.m, max 60% of each of the front and rear setback area shall be allowed for Ground Coverage. Max. 0.45M window projection shall be allowed in the setback area. 2. The entrance to the house shall be from the front setback area and none of the projections shall infringe on to the road ROW. 3. Sample house plan on 30 sq.m. Minimum plot size of row housing category.

21.10.2 Non-Residential Buildings shall be governed by its specific Special area 21.10.2.1 Commercial Buildings norms.

Commercial Corridor The City Commercial Centre shall have the Commercial corridor with Mixed land use in following components the Nadaun Planning Area as per the Land use 1. Retail plan in The Development Plan 2036 shall be 2. Commercial Offices governed by its specific Special Area Norms. 3. Service Centre 4. Hotel Old Market Area (Pattan Bazar) 5. Wholesale Market Pattan Bazar commercial area in Nadaun town

Page | 159 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

Table 21-4: Commercial building Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area Max Minimum Set Backs Maximum Maximum Description and Ground Parking Sl. (in Meters) Floor Area Height Minimum Plot Area Coverag Standards No. Ratio (in Meters) Front Side Rear e 1 Shops : 1. Standalone Row Shops with common wall on two sides 1. 10 - 30 m2 1.00 Nil Nil 75% 0.75 5.0 1.5 ECS 2. Above 30 m2 to 2.00 Nil 1.00 75% 1.50 10.0 per 100 100 m2 sq.m. of Built up 3. above 100 m2 to 2.00 1.5 1.50 60% 1.75 18.0 Area 250 m2 4. above 250 m2 to 3.00 2.0 2.0 60% 1.75 18.0 500 m2 2 Shopping Complex, hotels Units, Lodges, Hostels, Guest Houses, *2.0 ECS Commercial offices per 100 1. above 500 m2 5.00 3.00 3.00 50% 2.00 21.00 sq.m of to 1500 m2 Built up 2. Above 1500 10.00 6.00 6.00 40% 1.75 21.00 Area m2 to 4000 m2 3. Above 4000 12.00 7.50 7.50 40% 1.50 21.00 m2 3 Cinema/ Cineplex 15.00 7.50 6.00 40% 1.50 21.00 *3.0 ECS 4000 sq.m. & above per 100 sq.m of Multiplexes 15.00 9.00 9.00 40% 1.5 21.00 Built up 4000 sq.m. & above Area Source: Proposed by Voyants based on Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment), Rules 2016. Note: 1. *Parking floors in terms of basement, stilts or podium floor shall not be counted towards the FAR. 2. The height of Service floor wherever proposed for installation of services in case of Commercial/ shopping complexes/ hotels, shall be retricted to 2.10 Meter and this floor is exempted from FAR, however the overall height restriction of building shall remain the same.

21.10.2.2 Public-Semi Public Buildings (PSP) The City PSP land use shall have the following 3. Community facilities components: 4. Govt. Institutions 1. Education facilities 5. Public amenities 2. Health facilities

Page | 160 Nadaun Plan Implementation

Table 21-5: PSP Building Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area

Minimum Set Backs Maximum Maximum Maximum Description and Minimum Parking Sl. (in Meters) Ground Floor AreaHeight Plot Area Standards No. Coverage Ratio (in Meters) Front Side Rear 1 EDUCATIONAL FACILITY* Nursery School 1000 sq.m. (min) 5.00 3.0 3.0 65% 1.0 5.0 1.0 ECS per 100 Primary school sq.m. of 2000 sq.m. – 3000 sq.m. 10.0 6.0 6.0 40% 1.20 18.0 Built up 0 Area Senior secondary school 3000 m2 to 5000 m2 2.00 6.0 8.0 40% 1.50 18.0

College 20,000 m2 - 30,000 m2 15.0 8.0 10.0 35% 1.00 15.0

2 HEALTH FACILITY Dispensary 2.00 1.5 1.5 50% 1.50 12.0 150 m2 to 200 m2

Family welfare unit 3.5 2.0 2.0 50% 1.50 12.0 1.0 ECS 250 m2 to 500 m2 per 100 sq.m of Nursing home 5.0 3.0 3.00 40% 1.20 18.0 Built up 500 m2 - 750 m2 0 Area

Hospital 15.0 10.0 35% 1.00 15.0 8400 m2 - 21000 m2 10. 0 3 COMMUNITY FACILITY Marriage Palaces 1000 sq.m. 5.0 3.0 3.0 50% 1.2 12.0

Community centre 1000 sq.m.-1500 sq.m. 6.0 3.0 3.0 40% 1.5 18.0 4 Petrol Pump # 1000 sq.m. (Minimum size) 7.5 6.0 6.0 20% 0.20 6.0

Multi- level Parking

1. 500 m2 - 1500 m2 5.0 3.0 3.0 50% 1.75 21.0 2. Above 1500 m2 - 10.0 5.0 5.0 50% 1.75 21.0 4000 m2 3. Above 4000 m2 12.0 7.5 6.0 60% 1.75 21.0 Source: Proposed by Voyants based on Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment), Rules 2016.

*All provision for Nursery schools/classes shall be provided on the ground floor of the school premise with adequate evacuation conditions as per the Fire & Life safety as per the National Building code of India.

# Front of the plot should not be less than 30.00 Metres

21.10.2.3 Industrial (Non- with necessary storing, processing & packaging polluting industries) units. The industrial land use primarily caters to the The sub-division of industrial use into plots agro based small and medium scale industries

Page | 161 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

shall be governed by the following norms: area may be used for flatted group  The development of industrial area may industry. have plotted development for individual  The Industrial Sub-division shall provide industrial units. Some part of industrial for:

Table 21-6: Industrial Regulations shall be applicable in Nadaun Planning Area Maximum Maximum Height in Minimum Set Backs Height in Maximum Meters Sl. Type of Industry and (in Meters) Ground Meters Floor Area from Mean No. Minimum Plot Area Coverage from Mean Ratio Sea Level Sea Level above Front Side Rear upto 1000M 1000M 1 Flatted Group Industries 6.00 3.00 3.00 40% 1.25 15.00 12.00 2000 m2 2 Small Scale Industries 250 3.00 2.00 2.00 60% 1.75 15.00 12.00 m2 to 500 m2 3 Service/Light scale Industries Above 500 m2 to 5.00 2.00 3.00 50% 1.5 15.00 12.00 1000 m2 4 Medium Scale Industries 10.00 5.00 5.00 50% 1.25 20.00 15.00 Above 1000 m2 to 5000 m2 5 Large & heavy scale 15.0 7.5 10.0 40% 1.00 20.0 15.00 Industries Above 5000 m2 Source: Proposed by Voyants based on Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment), Rules 2016

21.10.3 Regulations for Solar 21.10.6 Regulations for Passive Building Design Development of Apartments and The Regulations for Solar Passive Building Colonies in Real Estate Projects Design shall be as per Regulations contained in The plotted development/ sub-division of land Appendix-4 of the Himachal Pradesh Town and and flatted colony under the Real Estate Country Planning Rules, 2014. Project shall be regulated as per Regulations 21.10.4 Regulations for contained in Appendix-7 of the Himachal Development of Barrier Free Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, Environment for differently abled 2014. Persons in Public and Semi Public 21.10.7 Regulations for Building and Re-creational Areas Installation for Communication All the Commercial and Public & Semi-Public Towers Buildings shall have to provide barrier free The policy communicated by the Department environment for the differently abled persons of Information Technology, Govt. of Himachal as per Regulations contained in Appendix-5 of Pradesh Shimla shall be applicable in toto in all the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country the Planning Areas and Special Areas in the Planning Rules, 2014. State of Himachal Pradesh subject to the 21.10.5 Regulations for collection condition that minimum setbacks as applicable of Rain Water Harvesting for residential buildings in that Planning Area Provision of Rain Water Harvesting Tank in hill or Special Area shall be applicable, in case areas and Rain Water Harvesting Tank/ Ground tower is installed on ground. A Structural Water Recharge Structure in plain areas shall Stability Certificate of the building shall be be mandatory as per Regulations contained in mandatory for roof top towers and towers Appendix-6 of the Himachal Pradesh Town and erected on ground. Country Planning Rules, 2014.

Page | 162 Nadaun Plan Implementation

21.10.8 Regulation for statutorily amended thereafter. development of Information Technology Park (IT/Bio-Park) The development of Information Technology Special Area Park shall be regulated as per Regulations Regulations contained in Appendix-3 of the Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning Rules, 2014. 21.11.1 Heritage Area 21.10.9 Change of Land Use Heritage structures within Nadaun planning area boundary shall be considered as per the The Change of Land Use shall be allowed based regulations in Table 21-7 on development plan 2036 as in force or

Table 21-7: Classification as per ASI charter Classification as per ASI charter Considered Development controls and structures under permissibility Nadaun planning area Grade 1 It comprises buildings and None None precincts of national or historic importance, they may be associated with a great historic event, personality, movement or institution. All natural sites shall fall within Grade-I. Grade 2 It comprises of buildings and Nadaun fort Grade-II (A): adaptive re-use and Internal precincts of regional or local changes may by and large be allowed but importance possessing special subject to strict scrutiny. Care would be architectural or aesthetic merit, or taken to ensure the conservation of all cultural or historical significance special aspects for which it is included in though of a lower scale than Heritage Grade-II. Heritage Grade-I. They are local Grade-II (B) : In addition to the above, landmarks, which contribute to extension or additional building in the the image and identity of the same plot or compound could in certain region. They may be the work of circumstances, be allowed provided that master craftsmen or may be the extension / additional building is in models of proportion and harmony with (and does not detract ornamentation or designed to suit from) the existing heritage building(s) or a particular climate. precincts especially in terms of height and façade. Grade 3 Heritage Grade-III comprises Other heritage Internal changes and adaptive reuse may building and precincts of structure of local by and large be allowed. Changes can importance for townscape; that importance include extensions and additional evoke architectural, aesthetic, or namely, Samadhi of buildings in the same plot or compound. sociological interest through not Dhyanu Bhagat, However, any changes should be such as much as in Heritage Grade-II. Baoli or Step Wells, that they are in harmony with and These contribute to determine Pauriya or Steps should be such that they do not detract the character of the locality and Ghats (Matta wali from the existing heritage

Page | 163 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun can be representative of lifestyle Paudiya and Kaji building/precinct. of a particular community or Patan Paudiya) region and may also be distinguished by setting, or special character of the façade and uniformity of height, width and scale.

The historical structures as mentioned with in demolition of any part thereof of the said Nadaun city planning area (in the above table) listed buildings or listed precincts or listed are of regional and local importance and are natural feature areas shall be allowed proposed under grade 2 and 3. except with the prior permission of The regulations as specified in table along with Commissioner, Municipal Corporation. following additional regulations shall be Before granting such permission, the applicable in Heritage Areas, namely:- agency concerned shall consult the Heritage Conservation Committee to be 1. The façade of the building/blocks shall be appointed by the State Government and maintained in its pristine context in case shall act in according with the advice of of reconstruction of existing buildings, the Heritage Conservation Committee. however the internal changes shall be 2. Provided that, before granting any undertaken after a thorough heritage permission for demolition or major audit of the structure. alterations / additions to listed buildings 2. In case of any addition of any new building (or buildings within listed streets or on vacant plots nearby the historical precincts), or construction at any listed structures shall be in conformity with the natural features, or alteration of architectural features and elements of the boundaries of any listed natural feature heritage buildings in subject for areas, objections and suggestions from maintaining aesthetic and heritage the public shall be invited and shall be characteristics. considered by the Heritage Conservation 3. Sensitive reconstruction is permissible but Committee. only for buildings that are totally 3. Provided that, only in exceptional cases, structurally unsafe as certified by a for reasons to be recorded in writing, the Structural Engineer and corroborated by Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ the Heritage Conservation Committee. Vice Chairman, Development Authority The reconstruction should not follow the may refer the matter back to the Heritage prevailing byelaws but should be in such a Conservation Committee for manner which ensures that the building/ reconsideration. However, the decision of precinct character is not diminished. the Heritage Conservation Committee 4. The existing parks, green & open spaces after such reconsideration shall be final shall be preserved/restored as such to and binding. enhance the historical structures & 4. On the advice of the said Heritage elements and integrate them in the new Conservation Committee to be appointed proposal with minimum alterations. by the Government and for reasons to be recorded in writing, the Commissioner, Restrictions on development or re- Municipal Corporation shall follow the development procedure as per Development Authority 1. No development or redevelopment or Act, to alter, modify or relax the engineering operation or additions / Development Control Norms prescribed alterations, repairs, renovations including in the Master Plan, if required, for the painting of the building, replacement of conservation or preservation or retention special features or plastering or of historic or aesthetic or cultural or

Page | 164 Nadaun Plan Implementation

architectural or environmental quality of individual plots as well as large developments any heritage site. shall be governed as below: 1. In case of building line of the 21.11.2 Mixed Land Use in the form of Linear Development along properties adjoining the main National Highways highway, a minimum distance between road and building from the For controlling linear mixed use development, centre of the road shall be followed as the building use permissibility & accessibility to mentioned in table below.

Table 21-8: Standards for building lines and control lines Plain and rolling terrain Mountainous and steep terrain Open areas Built-up areas Open Built-up Road areas areas classification Overall width Overall width Distance between Distance between between between building line and building line and road building lines control lines road boundary (set- boundary (meters) (meters) back) (set-back) (meters) (meters) National & 80 150 3-6 3-5 3-5 state highways Major district 50 100 3-5 3-5 3-5 roads Other district 25/30 35 3-5 3-5 3-5 roads Village roads 25 30 3-5 3-5 3-5 Source: IRC: 73-1980

2. Any new access opening on the between NH-Right of way and the permissible highway shall be duly permitted by building line of the plots in subject: Competent Authority. 1. construct, form or lay out any means of 3. Essential highway amenities and access to, or from, a highway, or services, namely, petrol pump, service 2. erect any building, or station including emergency repair 3. make or extend any excavation services, restaurants, parking lots, motels, police check-post, toll station, 21.11.3 Old Market Area (Pattan shall be permitted direct access from Bazar) the NH crossing the Nadaun planning area boundary. Such access shall be The development control regulations for the provided with proper lay-by as per the identified Pattan Bazar streets lying in the core guidelines specified by the Indian Road urban area of Nadaun municipal boundary Congress. shall be followed as below: 4. Boundary walls, fences, 1. All whole sale shops with activities advertisements, hedges, trees shall generating huge traffic, must be not cause obstruction of view for the shifted to other low traffic impacting road users. streets. 2. Activities involving heavy vehicular Restrictions on structures between highway movements like vehicle repair shops, control lines and building line:- whole sale shops, Godowns (specially The following activities shall not be allowed gas Godowns), service and repair

Page | 165 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

centre, noxious and hazardous time segregation and/or vehicle wholesale trades, industrial activities, typology. junk and scrap material shops, building 4. All hawkers must be in the identified material shops, automobile shops, ice hawking zones as demarcated by the factories shall be prohibited or concerned authority. relocated to low traffic impacting 5. Building heights to be restricted up to streets. 12 m. 3. The old market area as demarcated in 6. Shops and establishment signboards the Development plan 2036 shall be should follow the height strategy governed by the restricted use of developed by the Competent different modes of transport. Such Authority. restrictions should be in the form of

Page | 166

Nadaun Bibliography

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Urban Development Department - Himachal Pradesh, http://ud-hp.in/ulblist.html

2. History of the Punjab Hill States, J. Hutchinson and J. Ph. Vogel, 1933

3. Brief Industrial Profile of Hamirpur District, MSME (2012). Available at dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP%20Hamirpur.pdf.

4. District Census Handbook, Hamirpur, Himachal Pradesh (2011) Village and Town Wise Primary Census Abstract (PCA). Available at www.censusofindia.com.

5. District Disaster Management Plan, Hamirpur, Himachal Pradesh (2012). Available at DC office, Hamirpur district.

6. District Statistical Handbook, Hamirpur, Himachal Pradesh (2014-15). Available at District Statistics Office, Hamirpur.

7. Geological Study Report, Hamirpur District

8. Study on the Drainage System, mineral potential and feasibility of mining in river/ stream beds of District Hamirpur, Mining Dept., Geological Wing, Hamirpur Economic Survey, Himachal Pradesh (2014-15).

9. Ground Water Information Booklet, Hamirpur District, Himachal Pradesh (2013). Available at www.cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/HP/Hamirpur.pdf.

10.Socio Economic Indicators of Himachal Pradesh, Department of Economics and Statistics, Shimla, Himachal Pradesh (2013). Available at State Statistical Office, Shimla.

11.State Environment Report, Himachal Pradesh (2012).

12.Government of India, 2012, District Disaster Management Plan: District Kangra, Himachal Pradesh, the Government of India-UNDP Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) Programme (2009-12), UNDP.

13.World Health Organization, 2007, Risk reduction and emergency preparedness:

14.Urban and Regional Development Plan Formulation and Implementation Guidelines (2015).

15.Village and Town Directory, Hamirpur District (1991, 2001 and 2011). Available at Census of India Office, New Delhi

16.Himachal Pradesh Town and Country Planning (Amendment) Rules, 2015

17.http://www.indianrajputs.com/view/nadaun

18.http://himachal.gov.in

19.http://areaprofiler.gov.in/aboutUsIntgeratedPES.do?stateCode=0&lbCode=736&languageId=1

20.http://hppwd.gov.in/Download/NH%20Detail.pdf

Page | 167 Draft Development Plan -2036 Nadaun

21.http://sjvn.nic.in/project-details.htm?14

22.http://wikimapia.org/21152046/Dhaulasidh-H-E-Project

23.http://www.sappi.com/regions/sa/SappiSouthernAfrica/Sappi%20Forests/Tree%20Faming%20Gu idelines/Part%203_Forest%20Engineering_Chapter%207_Terrain%20Classification.pdf

Page | 168

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE 5.1 KHASRA FALLING IN STEEP SLOPES VILLAGE NAME KHASRA NUMBER BELA 1,2,3,5,6,16,24,25,26,31,18,23,27,22,876,877,880,881,883,889,888,890,891,892,893,894,895,896,897,898,899,900,827,826,1609,901,906 905,908,909,910,1604,1605,1607,1608,1610,1602,1612,1613,1619,1940,1942,1941,1959, 1146,1147,1149,1150,1151,1152, 1708 to 1726 1728 to 1743 1747 to 1749 1755 to 1799 1800 to 1808 1811 to 1813 1823 to 1856 1864,1865,1866,1870,1859,1861 1996 to 2006 1987,1988,1990,2000 SERI 551 TO 560 546 TO 549 563 531 TO 533 445 TO 451 494,494/1,431,434 425 TO 426 422,422/2,422/3,423,412,416,417,418 413,413/1,409,409/1 392,385 266 TO 267 269,270/1,271 259,260,262,263 251 TO 257 5 TO 7 2103 9 TO 29 31,34,35,38 48 TO 50 55 TO 63 112 TO 114 ANNEXURE 5.1 KHASRA FALLING IN STEEP SLOPES VILLAGE NAME KHASRA NUMBER KOT 8 TO 14 16,27,43,44,45,47,50,71 17,304,308 317 TO 320 322 TO 325 332,333 337 TO 342 344 TO 349 420 TO 422 457 TO 459 466 TO 471 477 TO 480 484,485,502,540 NAGARADA 40 TO 43 274,773 261 TO 263 737 TO 743 725 TO 734 531 TO 535 528,546,550,551,559 562 TO 584 592,594,596,597,599,554/1 598 DOLE GHARAN 250 TILLU PRATHAM 83 TO 86 88 DPF TILLU 4 TO 6 13,14, 16 TO 20 28 TO 31 TILLU KHAS 5,6 8 TO 12 17,14,13,60,61,62,66,68 114 TO 118 ANNEXURE 5.1 KHASRA FALLING IN STEEP SLOPES VILLAGE NAME KHASRA NUMBER 123,437,439,166,167,457,469,476,492,504,596,597,600,504,446,245,246,254 440 TO 443A 446 TO 450 453 TO 455 459 TO 461 471 TO 474 478 TO 482 486 TO 490 780 TO 783 45,62,25,226 220 TO 223 216 TO 218 207 to 210 212,213 78,77,61 202,204,254 266 TO 281 255 TO 259 252,253 234 TO 238 414 TO 420 431,432 567 TO 569 606,608,609 618 TO 622 628 JALARI SAUNKHLAN 63 TO 67 52 TO 54 10 TO 25 1,2,4 31 TO 40 27,28 46 TO 48 223,224,226,227 ANNEXURE 5.1 KHASRA FALLING IN STEEP SLOPES VILLAGE NAME KHASRA NUMBER 229 TO 236 238,220 HARMANDIR RUKWALA 204 206 TO 211 198 TO 200 220 TO 222 HARMANDIR MANDALA 295,254,258, 233 TO 235 267,268,274,275,229,61,62,46,19,20,13,137,138,249,250,251 130 TO 137 114 TO 126 51A TO 58 96 TO 100 90 TO 91A GAGAAL 355 KUTHAR 3 TO 6 171 TO 174 180,253,243,304,303,504,638,654,655 236 TO 238 244 TO 248A 250 TO 252 640 TO 645 BHARMOTI KALAN 421 TO 426 583 1012 TO 1021 1006 TO 1008 936 TO 943 901 TO 913 868,870,874,872,873,729,869,649,692,693,696,686 742 TO 744 DPF Kuthar Complete Revenue Village ANNEXURE 9.1 TRAFFIC PROJECTION POINT 1: BEAS BRIDGE

PCU 1 0.5 1 1 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 3 4.5 1.5 3 0.5 2 6 6

2016-2020 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2021-2025 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2026-2030 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Beyond 2030 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Normal Projected Traffic at Point 1 Car 2 wheeler 3 W (LMV PASSENGER)4 W LMV (passenger)Mini Bus HMVStandard (passenger) Bus3 W HMV (LMV (passenger) Goods)4 W (LMV Goods)Trucks (HMVTractors Goods) withTractors trailers withoutOTHERS trailersCYCLE (NMT)RICK-SHAWHAND-CART (NMT) BULLOCK-CART (NMT) (NMT)Total Year LOS Nos PCU 2016 2902 3774 24 344 109 322 124 1082 283 181 25 28 91 1 1 1 9293 9942 2017 3047 3963 26 361 115 338 130 1136 297 190 27 29 95 1 1 1 9757 10439 2018 3199 4161 27 379 121 355 136 1193 312 200 28 31 100 1 1 1 10245 10961 2 Lane LOS C 2019 3359 4369 28 398 127 373 143 1253 327 210 29 32 105 1 1 2 10757 11509 2020 3527 4587 30 418 133 392 150 1316 344 220 31 34 110 1 1 2 11295 12085 2021 3704 4817 31 439 140 411 158 1381 361 231 32 36 116 1 1 2 11860 12689 2022 3889 5058 33 461 147 432 166 1450 379 243 34 38 122 1 1 2 12453 13324 2023 4083 5310 34 484 154 454 174 1523 398 255 36 39 128 1 1 2 13076 13990 2024 4288 5576 36 508 162 476 183 1599 418 268 37 41 134 1 1 2 13730 14689 2025 4502 5855 38 533 170 500 192 1679 439 281 39 43 141 2 1 2 14416 15424 4 Lane LOS B 2026 4727 6147 40 560 178 525 201 1763 460 295 41 46 148 2 1 2 15137 16195 2027 4963 6455 42 588 187 551 212 1851 483 310 43 48 155 2 1 2 15894 17005 2028 5212 6778 44 617 196 579 222 1944 508 326 45 50 163 2 1 2 16688 17855 2029 5472 7116 46 648 206 608 233 2041 533 342 48 53 171 2 1 3 17523 18748 2030 5746 7472 48 680 216 638 245 2143 560 359 50 55 180 2 1 3 18399 19685 2031 6033 7846 51 714 227 670 257 2250 588 377 53 58 188 2 1 3 19319 20669 2032 6335 8238 53 750 239 704 270 2363 617 396 55 61 198 2 1 3 20285 21703 2033 6651 8650 56 788 251 739 283 2481 648 416 58 64 208 2 2 3 21299 22788 2034 6984 9083 59 827 263 776 298 2605 680 436 61 67 218 2 2 3 22364 23927 4 Lane LOS C 2035 7333 9537 61 868 276 815 312 2735 714 458 64 71 229 3 2 3 23482 25124 2036 7700 10014 65 912 290 855 328 2872 750 481 67 74 241 3 2 4 24656 26380 2037 8085 10514 68 957 305 898 345 3015 787 505 71 78 253 3 2 4 25889 27699 2038 8489 11040 71 1005 320 943 362 3166 827 530 74 82 265 3 2 4 27183 29084 2039 8914 11592 75 1056 336 990 380 3324 868 557 78 86 278 3 2 4 28543 30538 2040 9359 12172 78 1108 353 1040 399 3491 912 585 82 90 292 3 2 4 29970 32065 2041 9827 12780 82 1164 370 1092 419 3665 957 614 86 95 307 3 2 5 31468 33668 2042 10319 13419 87 1222 389 1146 440 3848 1005 645 90 100 322 4 2 5 33042 35352 2043 10834 14090 91 1283 408 1203 462 4041 1055 677 95 105 339 4 2 5 34694 37119 2044 11376 14795 95 1347 429 1264 485 4243 1108 711 99 110 355 4 3 5 36428 38975 2045 11945 15534 100 1415 450 1327 509 4455 1163 746 104 115 373 4 3 5 38250 40924 2046 12542 16311 105 1485 473 1393 534 4678 1222 784 109 121 392 4 3 6 40162 42970 2047 13169 17127 110 1560 496 1463 561 4912 1283 823 115 127 411 5 3 6 42170 45119 2048 13828 17983 116 1638 521 1536 589 5157 1347 864 121 133 432 5 3 6 44279 47375 2049 14519 18882 122 1719 547 1613 619 5415 1414 907 127 140 454 5 3 7 46493 49743 6 Lane 2050 15245 19826 128 1805 574 1693 650 5686 1485 953 133 147 476 5 4 7 48818 52231 2051 16007 20817 134 1896 603 1778 682 5970 1559 1000 140 154 500 6 4 7 51258 54842 2052 16808 21858 141 1990 633 1867 716 6269 1637 1050 147 162 525 6 4 8 53821 57584 2053 17648 22951 148 2090 665 1960 752 6582 1719 1103 154 170 551 6 4 8 56512 60463 2054 18531 24099 155 2194 698 2058 790 6911 1805 1158 162 179 579 6 4 9 59338 63487 2055 19457 25304 163 2304 733 2161 829 7257 1895 1216 170 188 608 7 4 9 62305 66661 2056 20430 26569 171 2419 770 2269 871 7620 1990 1277 178 197 638 7 5 9 65420 69994 2057 21452 27897 180 2540 808 2383 914 8001 2089 1340 187 207 670 7 5 10 68691 73494 2058 22524 29292 189 2667 849 2502 960 8401 2194 1407 197 217 704 8 5 10 72126 77168 2059 23650 30757 198 2801 891 2627 1008 8821 2304 1478 206 228 739 8 5 11 75732 81027 ANNEXURE 9.2 TRAFFIC PROJECTION POINT 2: JALARI ROAD

PCU 1 0.5 1 1 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 3 4.5 1.5 3 0.5 2 6 6

2016-2020 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2021-2025 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2026-2030 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Beyond 2030 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Normal Projected Traffic at km 32+100 Car 2 wheeler 3 W (LMV PASSENGER)4 W LMV (passenger)Mini Bus HMVStandard (passenger) Bus3 W HMV (LMV (passenger) Goods)4 W (LMV Goods)Trucks (HMVTractors Goods) withTractors trailers withoutOTHERS trailersCYCLE (NMT)RICK-SHAWHAND-CART (NMT) BULLOCK-CART (NMT) (NMT)Total Year LOS Nos PCU 2016 1554 1818 5 2 39 199 15 262 208 39 11 5 27 0 0 0 4183 4384 2017 1632 1909 6 2 41 209 15 275 218 41 11 5 28 0 0 0 4393 4603 2018 1713 2005 6 2 43 220 16 289 229 43 12 6 29 0 0 0 4612 4833 2019 1799 2105 6 2 45 231 17 303 241 45 12 6 31 0 0 0 4843 5075 2020 1889 2210 6 2 47 242 18 318 253 47 13 6 32 0 0 0 5085 5329 2021 1983 2321 7 2 50 254 19 334 265 49 14 6 34 0 0 0 5339 5595 2022 2083 2437 7 2 52 267 20 351 279 52 14 7 36 0 0 0 5606 5875 2023 2187 2559 8 2 55 280 21 369 293 54 15 7 38 0 0 0 5886 6169 2 Lane LOS B 2024 2296 2687 8 2 58 295 22 387 307 57 16 7 39 0 0 0 6181 6477 2025 2411 2821 8 3 61 309 23 406 323 60 17 8 41 0 0 0 6490 6801 2026 2531 2962 9 3 64 325 24 427 339 63 17 8 43 0 0 0 6814 7141 2027 2658 3110 9 3 67 341 25 448 356 66 18 9 46 0 0 0 7155 7498 2028 2791 3265 10 3 70 358 26 471 374 69 19 9 48 0 0 0 7513 7873 2029 2930 3429 10 3 74 376 28 494 392 73 20 9 50 0 0 0 7888 8267 2030 3077 3600 11 3 77 395 29 519 412 77 21 10 53 0 0 0 8283 8680 2031 3231 3780 11 3 81 414 30 545 432 80 22 10 55 0 0 0 8697 9114 2032 3392 3969 12 4 85 435 32 572 454 84 23 11 58 0 0 0 9132 9570 2033 3562 4168 12 4 89 457 34 601 477 89 24 11 61 0 0 0 9588 10048 2034 3740 4376 13 4 94 480 35 631 501 93 26 12 64 0 0 0 10068 10551 2 Lane LOS C 2035 3927 4595 13 4 99 504 37 662 526 98 27 13 67 0 0 0 10571 11078 2036 4123 4825 14 4 103 529 39 695 552 103 28 13 71 0 0 0 11100 11632 2037 4329 5066 15 5 109 555 41 730 579 108 30 14 74 0 0 0 11655 12214 2038 4546 5319 16 5 114 583 43 766 608 113 31 15 78 0 0 0 12237 12824 2039 4773 5585 16 5 120 612 45 805 639 119 33 15 82 0 0 0 12849 13466 2040 5012 5864 17 5 126 643 47 845 671 125 34 16 86 0 0 0 13492 14139 2041 5262 6158 18 6 132 675 50 887 704 131 36 17 90 0 0 0 14166 14846 2042 5526 6465 19 6 139 709 52 932 740 137 38 18 95 0 0 0 14875 15588 4 Lane LOS B 2043 5802 6789 20 6 146 744 55 978 777 144 40 19 100 0 0 0 15618 16367 2044 6092 7128 21 7 153 781 57 1027 815 152 42 20 105 0 0 0 16399 17186 2045 6396 7485 22 7 161 820 60 1078 856 159 44 21 110 0 0 0 17219 18045 2046 6716 7859 23 7 169 862 63 1132 899 167 46 22 115 0 0 0 18080 18947 2047 7052 8252 24 8 177 905 67 1189 944 175 48 23 121 0 0 0 18984 19895 2048 7405 8664 25 8 186 950 70 1248 991 184 51 24 127 0 0 0 19933 20890 2049 7775 9097 27 8 195 997 73 1311 1041 193 53 25 133 0 0 0 20930 21934 2050 8164 9552 28 9 205 1047 77 1376 1093 203 56 26 140 0 0 0 21977 23031 2051 8572 10030 29 9 215 1100 81 1445 1147 213 59 28 147 0 0 0 23075 24182 4 Lane LOS C 2052 9000 10531 31 10 226 1155 85 1517 1205 224 62 29 154 0 0 0 24229 25391 2053 9451 11058 32 10 237 1212 89 1593 1265 235 65 30 162 0 0 0 25441 26661 2054 9923 11611 34 11 249 1273 94 1673 1328 247 68 32 170 0 0 0 26713 27994 2055 10419 12191 36 11 261 1336 98 1757 1395 259 72 34 179 0 0 0 28048 29394 2056 10940 12801 38 12 275 1403 103 1844 1464 272 75 35 188 0 0 0 29451 30863 2057 11487 13441 39 12 288 1473 108 1937 1538 286 79 37 197 0 0 0 30923 32406 6 Lane 2058 12062 14113 41 13 303 1547 114 2034 1614 300 83 39 207 0 0 0 32469 34027 2059 12665 14819 43 14 318 1625 120 2135 1695 315 87 41 217 0 0 0 34093 35728 ANNEXURE 9.3 TRAFFIC PROJECTION POINT 3: AMB ROAD

PCU 1 0.5 1 1 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 3 4.5 1.5 3 0.5 2 6 6

2016-2020 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2021-2025 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2026-2030 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Beyond 2030 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Normal Projected Traffic at km 89+900 Car 2 wheeler 3 W (LMV PASSENGER)4 W LMV (passenger)Mini Bus HMVStandard (passenger) Bus3 W HMV (LMV (passenger) Goods)4 W (LMV Goods)Trucks (HMVTractors Goods) withTractors trailers withoutOTHERS trailersCYCLE (NMT)RICK-SHAWHAND-CART (NMT) BULLOCK-CART (NMT) (NMT)Total Year LOS Nos PCU 2016 1468 2404 31 151 60 297 67 267 219 97 43 19 29 0 0 0 5152 5564 2017 1541 2525 32 158 63 312 71 280 230 102 46 20 30 0 0 0 5410 5843 2018 1618 2651 34 166 66 327 74 294 241 107 48 21 32 0 0 0 5680 6135 2019 1699 2783 36 174 69 344 78 309 253 113 50 22 34 0 0 0 5964 6441 2020 1784 2922 37 183 73 361 82 325 266 118 53 23 35 0 0 0 6262 6763 2 Lane LOS B 2021 1873 3069 39 192 76 379 86 341 279 124 55 24 37 0 0 0 6575 7102 2022 1967 3222 41 202 80 398 90 358 293 130 58 25 39 0 0 0 6904 7457 2023 2065 3383 43 212 84 418 95 376 308 137 61 27 41 0 0 0 7249 7830 2024 2168 3552 45 223 88 439 99 394 323 144 64 28 43 0 0 0 7612 8221 2025 2277 3730 48 234 93 461 104 414 339 151 67 29 45 1 0 0 7992 8632 2026 2391 3916 50 245 97 484 110 435 356 159 71 31 47 1 0 0 8392 9064 2027 2510 4112 52 258 102 508 115 457 374 166 74 32 50 1 0 0 8812 9517 2028 2636 4318 55 271 107 533 121 479 393 175 78 34 52 1 0 0 9252 9993 2029 2768 4534 58 284 113 560 127 503 412 184 82 36 55 1 0 0 9715 10492 2 Lane LOS C 2030 2906 4760 61 298 118 588 133 529 433 193 86 38 57 1 0 0 10201 11017 2031 3051 4998 64 313 124 617 140 555 455 202 90 39 60 1 0 0 10711 11568 2032 3204 5248 67 329 130 648 147 583 477 212 95 41 63 1 0 0 11246 12146 2033 3364 5511 70 345 137 681 154 612 501 223 99 44 66 1 0 0 11808 12754 2034 3532 5786 74 363 144 715 162 643 526 234 104 46 70 1 0 0 12399 13391 2035 3709 6076 77 381 151 751 170 675 553 246 110 48 73 1 0 0 13019 14061 2036 3894 6379 81 400 158 788 179 708 580 258 115 50 77 1 0 0 13670 14764 2037 4089 6698 85 420 166 827 188 744 609 271 121 53 81 1 0 0 14353 15502 4 Lane LOS B 2038 4293 7033 90 441 175 869 197 781 640 285 127 56 85 1 0 0 15071 16277 2039 4508 7385 94 463 183 912 207 820 672 299 133 58 89 1 0 0 15824 17091 2040 4733 7754 99 486 192 958 217 861 705 314 140 61 94 1 0 0 16616 17946 2041 4970 8142 104 510 202 1006 228 904 740 330 147 64 98 1 0 0 17447 18843 2042 5219 8549 109 536 212 1056 239 949 778 346 154 68 103 1 0 0 18319 19785 2043 5479 8976 114 563 223 1109 251 997 816 363 162 71 108 1 0 0 19235 20774 2044 5753 9425 120 591 234 1164 264 1047 857 382 170 74 114 1 0 0 20197 21813 2045 6041 9897 126 620 246 1222 277 1099 900 401 178 78 119 1 0 0 21206 22904 2046 6343 10391 133 651 258 1284 291 1154 945 421 187 82 125 1 0 0 22267 24049 4 Lane LOS C 2047 6660 10911 139 684 271 1348 306 1212 992 442 197 86 132 2 0 0 23380 25251 2048 6993 11457 146 718 284 1415 321 1272 1042 464 206 91 138 2 0 0 24549 26514 2049 7343 12029 153 754 299 1486 337 1336 1094 487 217 95 145 2 0 0 25776 27839 2050 7710 12631 161 792 313 1560 354 1403 1149 511 228 100 152 2 0 0 27065 29231 2051 8096 13262 169 831 329 1638 371 1473 1206 537 239 105 160 2 0 0 28419 30693 2052 8500 13925 178 873 346 1720 390 1546 1266 564 251 110 168 2 0 0 29839 32228 2053 8925 14622 186 916 363 1806 409 1624 1330 592 264 116 176 2 0 0 31331 33839 2054 9372 15353 196 962 381 1896 430 1705 1396 622 277 121 185 2 0 0 32898 35531 2055 9840 16120 206 1010 400 1991 451 1790 1466 653 291 127 194 2 0 0 34543 37307 6 Lane 2056 10332 16926 216 1061 420 2091 474 1880 1539 685 305 134 204 2 0 0 36270 39173 2057 10849 17773 227 1114 441 2195 498 1974 1616 719 320 140 214 2 0 0 38084 41131 2058 11391 18661 238 1169 463 2305 523 2072 1697 755 336 147 225 3 0 0 39988 43188 2059 11961 19595 250 1228 486 2420 549 2176 1782 793 353 155 236 3 0 0 41987 45347

ANNEXURE 20.1

Block Cost Estimate for Nadaun Town (As on 2016) Description Specification Unit Rate PH-1 PH-2 PH-3 PH-4 Total Quantity Total Amount S.No. Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Quantity Amount Quantity Amount 1 ROADS & PATHWAY 1A Asphalt Carriage Way 300mm GSB, 250mm WMM, Sqm 3,300 76155.10 25,13,11,830 20694 6,82,90,992 14454 4,76,99,421 33839 11,16,68,403 145142.62 47,89,70,646 100mm DBM, 40mm BC SUB HEAD TOTAL 25,13,11,830 6,82,90,992 4,76,99,421 11,16,68,403 47,89,70,646 2 STORM WATER DRAINAGE 2A Drains Rectangular drains (RCC) Meter 21,000 22613.00 47,48,73,000 11021.00 23,14,41,000 9603.00 20,16,63,000 17482.00 36,71,22,000 60719.00 1,27,50,99,000 2B Culverts (RCC) Big Meter 70,00,000 1.00 70,00,000 1 70,00,000 1 70,00,000 1 70,00,000 4.00 2,80,00,000 2C Culverts (RCC) Road Crossings Each 65,000 11.00 7,15,000 6.00 3,90,000 5.00 3,25,000 9.00 5,85,000 31.00 20,15,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 48,25,88,000 23,88,31,000 20,89,88,000 37,47,07,000 1,30,51,14,000 3 WATER SUPPLY 3A Potable Water Supply Distribution Network HDPE PE80 <300mmdia, Meter 3,500 9049.12 3,16,71,920 1977.88 69,22,580 2064.91 72,27,185 4834.13 1,69,19,455 17926.04 6,27,41,140 300mm>DI Pipes, S&S K-7 3B WTP MLD 3,00,00,000 0.6 1,80,00,000 0.6 1,80,00,000 1.20 3,60,00,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 3,16,71,920 2,49,22,580 72,27,185 3,49,19,455 9,87,41,140 4 SEWERAGE 4A Waste Water network RCC NP-3 internal lined pipes Meter 5,750 9049.12 5,20,32,440 1977.88 1,13,72,810 2064.91 1,18,73,233 4834.13 2,77,96,248 17926.04 10,30,74,730 4B STP MLD 3,50,00,000 0.5 1,75,00,000 0.50 1,75,00,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 5,20,32,440 1,13,72,810 1,18,73,233 4,52,96,248 12,05,74,730

5 Solid Waste Management TPD 3,00,000 1000.00 30,00,00,000 1000.00 30,00,00,000

6 Power and Telecomunication 6A Augmentation of Gaggal Sub Station 33/11kV L.S 3,50,00,000 1 3,50,00,000 1.00 3,50,00,000 6B New 11kV OH Network KM 6,02,557 12.025 72,45,754 12.025 72,45,754 24.05 1,44,91,507 6C L.V Network with Pole mounted Distribution Transformers KM 9,18,298 18.525 1,70,11,476 18.525 1,70,11,476 37.05 3,40,22,951 6D Street lighting on the existing OH Infrustructure KM 5,00,000 32.05 1,60,25,000 32.05 1,60,25,000 6E Telecommunications / Data Network Conduiting KM 2,50,000 15 37,50,000 15.00 37,50,000 SUB HEAD TOTAL 2,32,70,754 3,50,00,000 2,42,57,229 2,07,61,476 10,32,89,458

TOTAL 1,14,08,74,944 37,84,17,382 30,00,45,068 58,73,52,581 2,40,66,89,974 Add for Misc & unforeseen items 5% 5,70,43,747 1,89,20,869 1,50,02,253 2,93,67,629 12,03,34,499 Escalation (per annum) 7% 8,38,54,308 2,78,13,678 2,20,53,312 4,31,70,415 17,68,91,713 TOTAL (cost as on 2016) 1,32,83,14,506 49,51,51,929 38,56,15,091 70,14,13,576 2,91,04,95,102